<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 22, 2000
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-32206
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                         ------------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         ------------------------------
 
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                   <C>
              DELAWARE                                3661                               04-3387074
  (State or other jurisdiction of         (Primary Standard Industrial                (I.R.S. Employer
   incorporation or organization)         Classification Code Number)               Identification No.)
</TABLE>

 
                 5 CARLISLE ROAD, WESTFORD, MASSACHUSETTS 01886
                                 (978) 692-8999
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                HASSAN M. AHMED
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
                                5 CARLISLE ROAD
                         WESTFORD, MASSACHUSETTS 01886
                                 (978) 692-8999
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
                  DAVID L. ENGEL, ESQ.                                     DAVID C. CHAPIN, ESQ.
                 JOHAN V. BRIGHAM, ESQ.                                         ROPES & GRAY
                    BINGHAM DANA LLP                                      ONE INTERNATIONAL PLACE
                   150 FEDERAL STREET                                   BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02110
              BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02110                                 TELEPHONE (617) 951-7000
                TELEPHONE (617) 951-8000                                  TELECOPY (617) 951-7050
                TELECOPY (617) 951-8736
</TABLE>

 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date hereof.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act,
check the following box.  / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / / _____________________________
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.  / / _________________________________________________________________
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.  / / _________________________________________________________________
 
    If delivery of the Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  / /
                         ------------------------------
 
   
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
   
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT
TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
    

<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 22, 2000.
    
 
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

<PAGE>
                                5,000,000 Shares
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  Common Stock
                               ------------------
 
    This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Sonus
Networks, Inc. All of the 5,000,000 shares of common stock are being sold by
Sonus Networks.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per
share will be between $19.00 and $21.00. We have applied to list our common
stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SONS".
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 4 TO READ ABOUT FACTORS YOU SHOULD
CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY BODY
HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Per Share    Total
                                                              ---------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Initial public offering price...............................   $           $
Underwriting discount.......................................   $           $
Proceeds, before expenses, to Sonus Networks................   $           $
</TABLE>

 
    To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 5,000,000 shares of
common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional
750,000 shares from Sonus Networks at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discount.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York,
New York on       , 2000.
 
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
             J.P. MORGAN & CO.
 
                          LEHMAN BROTHERS
 
                                       ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                            ------------------------
 
                      Prospectus dated             , 2000.

<PAGE>

[Inside front cover: Graphics titled "Enabling the New Public Network" 
depicting telephone, computer mouse, globe, world map and Sonus GSX9000 Open 
Services Switch, all superimposed.]


<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    YOU SHOULD READ THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY TOGETHER WITH THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION REGARDING US AND THE COMMON STOCK BEING SOLD IN THIS OFFERING AND
OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE NOTES TO THOSE STATEMENTS,
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THIS
PROSPECTUS ASSUMES:
 
    - THE CONVERSION OF OUR OUTSTANDING SHARES OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE
      PREFERRED STOCK INTO AN AGGREGATE OF 32,319,074 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
      UPON THE CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING; AND
 
    - THAT THE UNDERWRITERS DO NOT EXERCISE THEIR OPTION GRANTED BY US TO
      PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES IN THIS OFFERING.
 
                              ABOUT SONUS NETWORKS
 
    We are a leading provider of voice infrastructure products for the new
public network. Our products are a new generation of carrier-class switching
equipment and software that enable voice services to be delivered over
packet-based networks. Our target customers include new and established
communications service providers, including long distance carriers, local
exchange carriers, Internet service providers, cable operators, international
telephone companies and carriers that provide services to other carriers. These
service providers are rapidly building packet-based networks to support the
dramatic growth in data traffic resulting from Internet use. Packet-based
networks, which transport traffic in small bundles, or "packets," offer a
significantly more flexible, cost-effective and efficient means for providing
communications services than existing circuit-based networks, designed years ago
for telephone calls. By enabling voice traffic to be carried over these
packet-based networks, our products will accelerate the convergence of voice and
data into the new public network.
 
    Our suite of voice infrastructure products includes the GSX9000 Open
Services Switch, PSX6000 SoftSwitch, SGX2000 SS7 Signaling Gateway and System
9200 Internet offload solution. Our products, designed for deployment at the
core of a service provider's network infrastructure, significantly reduce the
cost to build and operate voice services compared to traditional alternatives.
Moreover, our products offer a powerful and open platform for service providers
to increase their revenues through the creation and delivery of new and
innovative voice and data services. Our switching equipment and software can be
rapidly and easily deployed, and readily expanded to accommodate growth in
traffic volumes. Our products also interoperate with service providers' existing
telephone infrastructure, allowing them to preserve the investment in their
current networks. Designed for the largest telephone networks in the world, our
products offer the reliability and voice quality that have been hallmarks of the
public telephone network for decades.
 
    Two global forces -- deregulation and the Internet -- are expected to
revolutionize the 100-year old public telephone network worldwide. Deregulation
has fueled intense competition among service providers and is driving them to
reduce their costs and establish new revenue sources. The dramatic rise in
Internet use and accompanying growth in data traffic has led service providers
to make major investments in high-capacity, packet-based networks. Building and
maintaining these packet-based networks in parallel with traditional
circuit-switched telephone networks is complex and expensive, driving the demand
for a new public network that integrates both voice and data. Synergy Research
Group projects that the market for voice infrastructure products to enable just
two applications for the new public network, voice over Internet protocol and
Internet offload, will grow dramatically to $19 billion in 2003.
 
    Our customers include Global Crossing, Intermedia Communications and
Williams Communications, three of the world's leading service providers. We sell
our products through a direct sales force, distributors and resellers. We also
collaborate with our customers to identify and develop new advanced services and
applications that they can offer to their customers.
 
                                       1

<PAGE>
    Our objective is to capitalize on our early technology and market lead and
build the premier franchise in voice infrastructure solutions for the new public
network. The following are key elements of our strategy:
 
    - Leverage our technology leadership to achieve key service provider design
      wins;
 
    - Expand and broaden our customer base by targeting specific market
      segments;
 
    - Expand our global sales, marketing, support and distribution capabilities;
 
    - Grow our base of software applications and development partners;
 
    - Leverage our technology platform from the core of the network out to the
      access edge;
 
    - Actively contribute to the standards definition and adoption process; and
 
    - Expand through investments in and acquisitions of complementary products,
      technologies and businesses.
 
    Our principal executive offices are located at 5 Carlisle Road, Westford,
Massachusetts 01886, and our telephone number is (978) 692-8999. Sonus is a
trademark and service mark of Sonus Networks. Each trademark, trade name or
service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its
holder. Information contained on our Web site, WWW.SONUSNET.COM, does not
constitute part of this prospectus. We were incorporated as a Delaware
corporation in August 1997.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   

<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Shares offered by Sonus Networks...........................  5,000,000 shares
 
Shares to be outstanding after the offering (1)............  60,420,966 shares
 
Use of proceeds............................................  For general corporate purposes, including
                                                             working capital and capital expenditures.
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.....................  "SONS"
</TABLE>

    
 
------------------------
 
   
(1) Based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 15, 2000. Excludes
    3,641,160 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock
    options. Includes 13,930,248 shares of restricted common stock, which are
    subject to our right to repurchase upon termination of employment.
    
 
                                       2

<PAGE>
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The following table contains summary financial data which should be read
together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   PERIOD FROM
                                    INCEPTION               YEAR ENDED             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                               (AUGUST 7, 1997) TO         DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                  DECEMBER 31,       ------------------------   ------------------------
                                      1997              1998         1999          1999         2000
                               -------------------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>                   <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
  OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues...................         $  --              $   --       $    --       $   --       $ 1,093
  Loss from operations.......          (486)             (7,228)      (24,374)      (4,163)      (16,263)
  Net loss...................          (461)             (6,914)      (23,887)      (4,043)      (16,035)
  Net loss applicable to
    common stockholders......          (461)             (6,914)      (26,387)      (4,043)      (16,035)
  Net loss per share (1):
    Basic and diluted........         $  --             $ (4.27)     $  (5.53)     $ (1.23)     $  (2.07)
    Pro forma basic and
      diluted................                                           (0.75)                     (0.41)
  Shares used in computing
    net loss per share (1):
    Basic and diluted........            --           1,619,289     4,774,763    3,285,170     7,742,970
    Pro forma basic and
      diluted................                                      32,062,786                 38,921,794
</TABLE>

 
    The following table is a summary of our consolidated balance sheet as of
March 31, 2000:
 
    - on an actual basis;
 
    - on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares
      of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 32,319,074 shares of
      common stock upon the closing of this offering; and
 
    - on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of the
      5,000,000 shares of common stock offered in this prospectus at an assumed
      initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the mid-point of the
      range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting
      underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                           PRO       PRO FORMA
                                                               ACTUAL     FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities............  $ 41,779   $41,779     $133,529
Working capital.............................................    35,122    35,122      126,872
Total assets................................................    52,361    52,361      144,111
Long-term obligations, less current portion.................     3,293     3,293        3,293
Redeemable convertible preferred stock......................    70,859        --           --
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........................   (32,695)   38,164      129,914
</TABLE>

 
------------------------
 
(1) See note (1)(q) to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation
    of the method of calculation. Pro forma per share calculation reflects the
    conversion upon the closing of the offering of all the outstanding shares of
    Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred
    stock into shares of common stock, as if the conversion occurred at the date
    of original issue.
 
                                       3

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER
THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW BEFORE BUYING OUR COMMON STOCK. IF ANY OF THE
FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCURS, THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD
DECLINE AND YOU MAY LOSE ALL OR PART OF YOUR INVESTMENT.
 
RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
 
WE EXPECT THAT A MAJORITY OF OUR REVENUES WILL BE GENERATED FROM A LIMITED
NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS, AND OUR REVENUES WILL NOT GROW IF WE DO NOT SUCCESSFULLY
SELL PRODUCTS TO THESE CUSTOMERS
 
    To date, we have shipped our products to a limited number of customers, and
only during the first quarter of fiscal 2000 did we begin to recognize revenues.
We expect that in the foreseeable future, substantially all of our revenues will
depend on sales of our products to a limited number of customers. Our customers
are not contractually committed to purchase any minimum quantities of products
from us. The customers to whom we have shipped are currently using our products
in laboratory testing and internal trials. Our customers may not deploy our
products in their commercial networks on a timely basis, or at all, and any
delay or failure by our customers to introduce commercial services based on our
products, or a downturn in their business, would seriously harm our ability to
sell products and generate revenues.
 
WE WILL NOT BE SUCCESSFUL IF WE DO NOT GROW OUR CUSTOMER BASE BEYOND OUR INITIAL
FEW CUSTOMERS
 
    Our future success will depend on our ability to attract additional
customers beyond our current limited number. The growth of our customer base
could be adversely affected by:
 
    - customer unwillingness to implement our new voice infrastructure products;
 
    - any delays or difficulties that we may incur in completing the development
      and introduction of our planned products or product enhancements;
 
    - new product introductions by our competitors;
 
    - any failure of our products to perform as expected; or
 
    - any difficulty we may incur in meeting customers' delivery requirements.
 
    If we do not expand our customer base to include additional customers that
deploy our products in operational, commercial networks, our revenues will not
grow significantly, or at all.
 
THE MARKET FOR VOICE INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE NEW PUBLIC NETWORK IS NEW AND
EVOLVING AND OUR BUSINESS WILL SUFFER IF IT DOES NOT DEVELOP AS WE EXPECT
 
    The market for our products is rapidly evolving. Packet-based technology may
not be widely accepted as a platform for voice and a viable market for our
products may not develop or be sustainable. If this market does not develop, or
develops more slowly than we expect, we may not be able to sell our products in
significant volumes, or at all.
 
WE ARE ENTIRELY DEPENDENT UPON OUR VOICE INFRASTRUCTURE PRODUCTS AND OUR FUTURE
REVENUES DEPEND UPON THEIR COMMERCIAL SUCCESS
 
    Our future growth depends upon the commercial success of our voice
infrastructure products, particularly the GSX9000 Open Services Switch and the
System 9200 Internet offload solution. We intend to develop and introduce new
products and enhancements to existing products in the future. We may not
successfully complete the development or introduction of these products. If our
target customers do not adopt, purchase and successfully deploy our current or
planned products, our revenues will not grow.
 
                                       4

<PAGE>
BECAUSE OUR PRODUCTS ARE SOPHISTICATED AND DESIGNED TO BE DEPLOYED IN COMPLEX
ENVIRONMENTS, THEY MAY HAVE ERRORS OR DEFECTS THAT WE FIND ONLY AFTER FULL
DEPLOYMENT, WHICH COULD SERIOUSLY HARM OUR BUSINESS
 
    Our products are sophisticated and are designed to be deployed in large and
complex networks. Because of the nature of our products, they can only be fully
tested when completely deployed in very large networks with high volumes of
traffic. Our customers have not yet commercially deployed our products and they
may discover errors or defects in the software or hardware, or the products may
not operate as expected, after full deployment.
 
    If we are unable to fix errors or other performance problems that may be
identified after full deployment of our products, we could experience:
 
    - loss of, or delay in, revenues;
 
    - loss of customers and market share;
 
    - a failure to attract new customers or achieve market acceptance for our
      products;
 
    - increased service, support and warranty costs and a diversion of
      development resources; and
 
    - costly and time-consuming legal actions by our customers.
 
IF WE DO NOT RESPOND RAPIDLY TO TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES OR TO CHANGES IN INDUSTRY
STANDARDS, OUR PRODUCTS COULD BECOME OBSOLETE
 
    The market for voice infrastructure products for the new public network is
likely to be characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new
product introductions. We may be unable to respond quickly or effectively to
these developments. We may experience difficulties with software development,
hardware design, manufacturing or marketing that could delay or prevent our
development, introduction or marketing of new products and enhancements. The
introduction of new products by competitors, the market acceptance of products
based on new or alternative technologies or the emergence of new industry
standards could render our existing or future products obsolete. If the
standards adopted are different from those that we have chosen to support,
market acceptance of our products may be significantly reduced or delayed. If
our products become technologically obsolete, we may be unable to sell our
products in the marketplace and generate revenues.
 
WE DEPEND UPON CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS AND ANY DISRUPTION IN THESE RELATIONSHIPS
MAY CAUSE US TO FAIL TO MEET THE DEMANDS OF OUR CUSTOMERS AND DAMAGE OUR
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
 
    We rely on a small number of contract manufacturers to manufacture our
products according to our specifications and to fill orders on a timely basis.
Our contract manufacturers provide comprehensive manufacturing services,
including assembly of our products and procurement of materials. Each of our
contract manufacturers also builds products for other companies and may not
always have sufficient quantities of inventory available to fill our orders, or
may not allocate their internal resources to fill these orders on a timely
basis. We do not have long-term supply contracts with our manufacturers and they
are not required to manufacture products for any specified period. We do not
have internal manufacturing capabilities to meet our customers' demands.
Qualifying a new contract manufacturer and commencing commercial-scale
production is expensive and time consuming and could result in a significant
interruption in the supply of our products. If a change in contract
manufacturers results in delays of our fulfillment of customer orders or if a
contract manufacturer fails to make timely delivery of orders, we may lose
revenues and suffer damage to our customer relationships.
 
                                       5

<PAGE>
WE HAVE BEEN IN BUSINESS FOR A SHORT PERIOD OF TIME AND YOUR BASIS FOR
EVALUATING US IS LIMITED
 
    We were founded in August 1997, and only during the first quarter of fiscal
2000 did we begin to recognize any revenues. We have a limited meaningful
operating history upon which you may evaluate us and our prospects. Moreover, we
cannot be sure that we have accurately identified all of the risks to our
business. Also, our assessment of the prospects for our success may prove
inaccurate.
 
WE MAY NOT BECOME PROFITABLE
 
    We have incurred significant losses since inception and expect to continue
to incur losses in the future. As of March 31, 2000, we had an accumulated
deficit of $50.0 million and had only recognized our first revenues of $1.1
million during the first quarter of fiscal 2000. We have not achieved
profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our revenues may not grow and we
may never generate sufficient revenues to achieve or sustain profitability. We
expect to continue to incur significant and increasing sales and marketing,
product development, administrative and other expenses. As a result, we will
need to generate significant revenues to achieve and maintain profitability.
 
WE WILL NOT RETAIN CUSTOMERS OR ATTRACT NEW CUSTOMERS IF WE DO NOT ANTICIPATE
AND MEET SPECIFIC CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS AND IF OUR PRODUCTS DO NOT INTEROPERATE
WITH OUR CUSTOMERS' EXISTING NETWORKS
 
    To achieve market acceptance for our products, we must effectively
anticipate, and adapt in a timely manner to, customer requirements and offer
products and services that meet changing customer demands. Prospective customers
may require product features and capabilities that our current products do not
have. The introduction of new or enhanced products also requires that we
carefully manage the transition from older products in order to minimize
disruption in customer ordering patterns and ensure that adequate supplies of
new products can be delivered to meet anticipated customer demand. If we fail to
develop products and offer services that satisfy customer requirements, or to
effectively manage the transition from older products, our ability to create or
increase demand for our products would be seriously harmed and we may lose
current and prospective customers.
 
    Many of our customers will require that our products be designed to
interface with their existing networks, each of which may have different
specifications. Issues caused by an unanticipated lack of interoperability may
result in significant warranty, support and repair costs, divert the attention
of our engineering personnel from our hardware and software development efforts
and cause significant customer relations problems. If our products do not
interoperate with those of our customers' networks, installations could be
delayed or orders for our products could be cancelled, which would seriously
harm our gross margins and result in loss of revenues or customers.
 
IF WE FAIL TO COMPETE SUCCESSFULLY, OUR ABILITY TO INCREASE OUR REVENUES OR
ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY WILL BE IMPAIRED
 
    Competition in the telecommunications market is intense. This market has
historically been dominated by large companies, such as Lucent Technologies and
Nortel Networks, both of whom are our direct competitors. We also face
competition from other large telecommunications and networking companies,
including Cisco Systems, Siemens and Tellabs, that have entered our market by
acquiring companies that design competing products. In addition, a number of
private companies have announced plans for new products that address the same
market opportunity that we address. Because this market is rapidly evolving,
additional competitors with significant financial resources may enter these
markets and further intensify competition.
 
                                       6

<PAGE>
    Many of our current and potential competitors have significantly greater
selling and marketing, technical, manufacturing, financial and other resources,
including the ability to offer vendor-sponsored financing programs. If we are
unable or unwilling to offer vendor-sponsored financing, prospective customers
may decide to purchase products from one of our competitors who offers this type
of financing. Furthermore, some of our competitors are currently selling
significant amounts of other products to our current and prospective customers.
Our competitors' broad product portfolios coupled with already existing
relationships may cause our customers to buy our competitors' products.
 
    To compete effectively, we must deliver products that:
 
    - provide extremely high reliability and voice quality;
 
    - scale easily and efficiently;
 
    - interoperate with existing network designs and other vendors' equipment;
 
    - provide effective network management;
 
    - are accompanied by comprehensive customer support and professional
      services; and
 
    - provide a cost-effective and space-efficient solution for service
      providers.
 
    If we are unable to compete successfully against our current and future
competitors, we could experience price reductions, order cancellations, loss of
revenues and reduced gross margins.
 
THE UNPREDICTABILITY OF OUR QUARTERLY RESULTS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE TRADING
PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
 
    Our revenues and operating results will vary significantly from quarter to
quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and
any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Generally, purchases by
service providers of telecommunications equipment from manufacturers have been
unpredictable and clustered, rather than steady, as the providers build out
their networks. The primary factors that may affect our revenues and results
include the following:
 
    - fluctuation in demand for our voice infrastructure products and the timing
      and size of customer orders;
 
    - the length and variability of the sales cycle for our products and the
      corresponding timing of recognizing revenues and deferred revenues;
 
    - new product introductions and enhancements by our competitors and us;
 
    - changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our competitors
      and the prices of the components of our products;
 
    - our ability to develop, introduce and ship new products and product
      enhancements that meet customer requirements in a timely manner;
 
    - the mix of product configurations sold;
 
    - our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of sole or limited source
      components;
 
    - our ability to attain and maintain production volumes and quality levels
      for our products;
 
    - costs related to acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or
      businesses; and
 
    - general economic conditions, as well as those specific to the
      telecommunications, networking and related industries.
 
    As with other telecommunications product suppliers, we may recognize a
substantial portion of our revenue in a given quarter from sales booked and
shipped in the last weeks of that quarter. As a result, a delay in customer
orders is likely to result in a delay in shipments and recognition of
 
                                       7

<PAGE>
revenue beyond the end of a given quarter, which would have a significant impact
on our operating results for that quarter.
 
    Our operating expenses are largely based on anticipated organizational
growth and revenue trends. As a result, a delay in generating or recognizing
revenues for the reasons set forth above, or for any other reason, could cause
significant variations in our operating results. We believe that
quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are not a good
indication of our future performance. It is likely that in some future quarters,
our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts
and investors. In this event, the price of our common stock will probably
substantially decrease.
 
WE AND OUR CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS RELY ON SINGLE OR LIMITED SOURCES FOR SUPPLY
OF SOME COMPONENTS OF OUR PRODUCTS AND IF WE FAIL TO ADEQUATELY PREDICT OUR
MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS OR IF OUR SUPPLY OF ANY OF THESE COMPONENTS IS
DISRUPTED, WE WILL BE UNABLE TO SHIP OUR PRODUCTS
 
    We and our contract manufacturers currently purchase several key components
of our products, including commercial digital signal processors, from single or
limited sources. We purchase these components on a purchase order basis. If we
overestimate our component requirements, we could have excess inventory, which
would increase our costs. If we underestimate our requirements, we may not have
adequate supply, which could interrupt manufacturing of our products and result
in delays in shipments and revenues.
 
    We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with our component
suppliers and they are not required to supply us with products for any specified
periods, in any specified quantities or at any set price, except as may be
specified in a particular purchase order. In the event of a disruption or delay
in supply, or inability to obtain products, we may not be able to develop an
alternate source in a timely manner or at favorable prices, or at all. A failure
to find acceptable alternative sources could hurt our ability to deliver
high-quality products to our customers and negatively affect our operating
margins. In addition, our reliance on our suppliers exposes us to potential
supplier production difficulties or quality variations. Our customers rely upon
our ability to meet committed delivery dates, and any disruption in the supply
of key components would seriously impact our ability to meet these dates and
could result in legal action by our customers, loss of customers or harm to our
ability to attract new customers.
 
IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO OBTAIN NECESSARY LICENSES OF THIRD-PARTY TECHNOLOGY AT
ACCEPTABLE PRICES, OR AT ALL, OUR PRODUCTS COULD BECOME OBSOLETE
 
    We have incorporated third-party licensed technology into our current
products. From time to time, we may be required to license additional technology
from third parties to develop new products or product enhancements. Third-party
licenses may not be available or continue to be available to us on commercially
reasonable terms. The inability to maintain or re-license any third-party
licenses required in our current products, or to obtain any new third-party
licenses to develop new products and product enhancements could require us to
obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at
greater cost, and delay or prevent us from making these products or
enhancements, any of which could seriously harm the competitiveness of our
products.
 
OUR FAILURE TO MANAGE OUR EXPANSION EFFECTIVELY IN A RAPIDLY CHANGING MARKET
COULD INCREASE OUR COSTS, HARM OUR ABILITY TO SELL FUTURE PRODUCTS AND IMPAIR
OUR FUTURE GROWTH
 
    We intend to expand our operations rapidly and plan to hire a significant
number of employees during 2000. Our growth has placed, and our anticipated
growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our management systems
and resources. Our ability to successfully offer our products and implement our
business plan in a rapidly evolving market requires effective planning and
 
                                       8

<PAGE>
management processes. We expect that we will need to continue to improve our
financial, managerial and manufacturing controls and reporting systems, and will
need to continue to expand, train and manage our work force worldwide. If we
fail to implement adequate control systems in an efficient and timely manner,
our costs may be increased and our growth could be impaired and we may not be
able to accurately anticipate and fulfill market demand, the result of which
will be a loss of revenues and customers.
 
IF WE FAIL TO HIRE AND RETAIN NEEDED PERSONNEL, THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR
BUSINESS PLAN COULD SLOW OR OUR FUTURE GROWTH COULD HALT
 
    Competition for highly skilled engineering, sales, marketing and support
personnel is intense because there are a limited number of people available with
the necessary technical skills and understanding of our market. Any failure to
attract, assimilate or retain qualified personnel to fulfill our current or
future needs could impair our growth. The support of our products requires
highly trained customer support and professional services personnel. Once we
hire them, they may require extensive training in our voice infrastructure
products. If we are unable to hire, train and retain our customer support and
professional services personnel, we may not be able to increase sales of our
products.
 
    Our future success depends upon the continued services of our executive
officers who have critical industry experience and relationships that we rely on
to implement our business plan. None of our officers or key employees is bound
by an employment agreement for any specific term. The loss of the services of
any of our officers or key employees could delay the development and
introduction of, and negatively impact our ability to sell, our products.
 
OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE AND OUR BUSINESS COULD BE JEOPARDIZED IF WE ARE UNABLE TO
PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR BECOME SUBJECT TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
RIGHTS LITIGATION, WHICH COULD REQUIRE US TO INCUR SIGNIFICANT COSTS
 
    We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret
laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights.
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may
attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology.
Monitoring unauthorized use of our products is difficult and we cannot be
certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our
technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our
proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. If competitors are able to
use our technology, our ability to compete effectively could be harmed.
 
    In addition, we may also become involved in litigation as a result of
allegations that we infringe intellectual property rights of others. Any parties
asserting that our products infringe upon their proprietary rights would force
us to defend ourselves and possibly our customers or contract manufacturers
against the alleged infringement. These claims and any resulting lawsuit, if
successful, could subject us to significant liability for damages and
invalidation of our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property
litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:
 
    - stop selling, incorporating or using our products that use the challenged
      intellectual property;
 
    - obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a
      license to sell or use the relevant technology, which license may not be
      available on reasonable terms, or at all; or
 
    - redesign those products that use any allegedly infringing technology.
 
Any lawsuits regarding intellectual property rights, regardless of their
success, would be time-consuming, expensive to resolve and would divert our
management's time and attention.
 
                                       9

<PAGE>
IF WE ARE SUBJECT TO UNFAIR HIRING CLAIMS, WE COULD INCUR SUBSTANTIAL COSTS IN
DEFENDING OURSELVES
 
    Companies in our industry whose employees accept positions with competitors
frequently claim that their competitors have engaged in unfair hiring practices.
We may be subject to claims of this kind in the future as we seek to hire
qualified personnel. Those claims may result in material litigation. We could
incur substantial costs defending ourselves or our employees against those
claims, regardless of their merits. In addition, defending ourselves from those
types of claims could divert our management's attention from our operations. If
we are found to have engaged in unfair hiring practices, or our employees are
found to have violated agreements with previous employers, we may suffer a
significant disruption in our operations.
 
WE MAY FACE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR INTERNATIONAL EXPANSION THAT COULD IMPAIR
OUR ABILITY TO GROW OUR REVENUES ABROAD
 
    We intend to expand into international markets. This expansion will require
significant management attention and financial resources to successfully develop
direct and indirect international sales and support channels. In addition, we
may not be able to develop international market demand for our products, which
could impair our ability to grow our revenues.
 
    We have limited experience marketing and distributing our products
internationally and, to do so, we expect that we will need to develop versions
of our products that comply with local standards. Furthermore, international
operations are subject to other inherent risks, including:
 
    - greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer collection
      periods;
 
    - difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;
 
    - the impact of differing technical standards outside the United States;
 
    - the impact of recessions in economies outside the United States;
 
    - unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and currency exchange rates;
 
    - certification requirements;
 
    - reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and
 
    - potentially adverse tax consequences.
 
ANY INVESTMENTS OR ACQUISITIONS WE MAKE COULD DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS AND SERIOUSLY
HARM OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
    Although we have no current agreements to do so, we intend to consider
investing in, or acquiring, complementary products, technologies or businesses.
In the event of any future investments or acquisitions, we could:
 
    - issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders' percentage
      ownership;
 
    - incur debt or assume liabilities;
 
    - incur significant amortization expenses related to goodwill and other
      intangible assets; or
 
    - incur large and immediate write-offs.
 
    Our integration of any acquired products, technologies or businesses will
also involve numerous risks, including:
 
    - problems and unanticipated costs associated with combining the purchased
      products, technologies or businesses;
 
    - diversion of management's attention from our core business;
 
    - adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and
      customers;
 
                                       10

<PAGE>
    - risks associated with entering markets in which we have limited or no
      prior experience; and
 
    - potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired
      organizations.
 
    We may be unable to successfully integrate any products, technologies,
businesses or personnel that we might acquire in the future without significant
costs or disruption to our business.
 
WE MAY NEED ADDITIONAL CAPITAL IN THE FUTURE, WHICH MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE TO US,
AND IF IT IS AVAILABLE, MAY DILUTE YOUR OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK
 
    We may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or
equity financings in order to:
 
    - fund ongoing operations;
 
    - take advantage of opportunities, including more rapid expansion or
      acquisition of complementary products, technologies or businesses;
 
    - develop new products; or
 
    - respond to competitive pressures.
 
    Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity may dilute your
percentage ownership of our common stock. Furthermore, additional financings may
not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. A failure to obtain
additional funding could prevent us from making expenditures that may be
required to grow or maintain our operations.
 
RISKS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING
 
OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE AND YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RESELL YOUR SHARES AT
OR ABOVE THE INITIAL OFFERING PRICE
 
    The market for technology stocks has been extremely volatile. The following
factors could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate
significantly from the price you pay in this offering:
 
    - loss of any of our major customers;
 
    - the addition or departure of key personnel;
 
    - variations in our quarterly operating results;
 
    - announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new
      products or product enhancements, acquisitions, distribution partnerships,
      joint ventures or capital commitments;
 
    - changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
    - sales of common stock or other securities by us in the future;
 
    - changes in market valuations of telecommunications and networking
      companies; and
 
    - fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes.
 
    In addition, the stock market in general, and the Nasdaq National Market and
technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume
fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of these companies. The trading prices of many technology companies'
stocks are at or near historical highs and these trading prices and multiples
are substantially above historical levels and may not be sustained. These broad
market and industry trends may materially and adversely affect the market price
of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In the
past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's
securities, securities class-action litigation has often been initiated against
these companies. Class-action litigation, if initiated, could result in
substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources. All
of these factors could cause
 
                                       11

<PAGE>
the market price of our stock to drop and you may not be able to sell your
shares at or above the initial offering price.
 
AN ACTIVE TRADING MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK MAY NOT DEVELOP
 
    Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock publicly.
Although we expect our common stock to be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market,
an active trading market for our shares may not develop or be sustained
following this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares at prices
equal to or greater than the initial public offering price. The initial public
offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and our
underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price for these shares
following this offering. You should read "Underwriting" for a discussion of the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price.
 
   
OUR MANAGEMENT DOES NOT HAVE A PLAN FOR THE USE OF THE NET PROCEEDS OF THE
OFFERING AND MAY APPLY THE PROCEEDS OF THIS OFFERING TO USES THAT DO NOT PRODUCE
PROFITABILITY OR INCREASE MARKET VALUE
    
 
   
    We have not committed the net proceeds of this offering to any particular
purpose and have no specific uses planned for these proceeds. Accordingly, our
management will have considerable discretion in applying the net proceeds of
this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment
decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net
proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not generate revenues or
increase our market value. Pending application of the proceeds, they may be
placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value.
    
 
INSIDERS WILL CONTINUE TO HAVE SUBSTANTIAL CONTROL OVER US AFTER THIS OFFERING
AND COULD LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO INFLUENCE THE OUTCOME OF KEY TRANSACTIONS,
INCLUDING CHANGES OF CONTROL
 
   
    We anticipate that our executive officers, directors and entities affiliated
with them will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 42.2% of our
outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering, assuming the
underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. These stockholders, if
acting together, would be able to influence significantly all matters requiring
approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the
approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. See "Principal
Stockholders."
    
 
PROVISIONS OF OUR CHARTER DOCUMENTS AND DELAWARE LAW MAY HAVE ANTI-TAKEOVER
EFFECTS THAT COULD PREVENT A CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended
and restated by-laws, and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third
party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders.
See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
THERE MAY BE SALES OF A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF OUR COMMON STOCK AFTER THIS
OFFERING THAT COULD CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO FALL
 
    Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares, which they
will be able to sell in the public market in the near future. Sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock within a short period of time
after this offering could cause our stock price to fall. In addition, the sale
of these shares could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of
additional stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       12

<PAGE>
               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    This prospectus contains forward-looking statements based on our current
expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about ourselves and our
industry. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Our
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements, as more fully described in the "Risk Factors" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" sections and elsewhere in this prospectus. We undertake no
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason,
even if new information becomes available or other events occur in the future.
 

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    Our net proceeds from the sale of the 5,000,000 shares of common stock in
this offering will be approximately $91.75 million, assuming an initial public
offering price of $20.00 per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the
cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full, we estimate that the net proceeds will be
approximately $105.70 million.
 
    The principal purposes of this offering are to fund our operations, to
obtain additional working capital, to establish a public market for our common
stock, to increase our visibility in the marketplace, to facilitate future
access to public capital markets and to provide currency for potential
acquisitions.
 
    We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate
purposes, including the funding of operating losses, the expansion of sales,
marketing and product development activities, working capital, capital
expenditures and the repayment of outstanding amounts under our equipment line
of credit. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire
complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have
no plans, commitments or agreements with respect to any of these types of
transactions. Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds in
investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.
 

                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or
other securities. We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use
in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our credit agreement with a commercial
bank prohibits the payment of dividends without prior approval.
 
                                       13

<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2000:
 
    - on an actual basis;
 
    - on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares
      of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 32,319,074 shares of
      common stock upon the closing of this offering; and
 
    - on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of the
      5,000,000 shares of common stock offered in this offering after deducting
      the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us
      assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the
      mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
 
    This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated
financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       MARCH 31, 2000
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                           PRO       PRO FORMA
                                                               ACTUAL     FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Long-term obligations, less current portion.................  $  3,293   $  3,293    $  3,293
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value;
  17,000,000 shares authorized, 13,833,122 shares issued and
  outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and
  outstanding, on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
  basis.....................................................    70,859         --          --
 
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized,
    issued and outstanding on an actual basis; 5,000,000
    shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, on
    a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis.............        --         --          --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 70,000,000 shares
    authorized, 22,713,920 shares issued, 22,683,920 shares
    outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized,
    55,032,994 shares issued, 55,002,994 shares outstanding,
    on a pro forma basis; 300,000,000 shares authorized,
    60,032,994 shares issued, 60,002,994 shares outstanding,
    on a pro forma as adjusted basis (1)....................        23         55          60
  Capital in excess of par value............................    54,674    125,501     217,246
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (49,957)   (49,957)    (49,957)
  Stock subscriptions receivable............................      (346)      (346)       (346)
  Deferred compensation.....................................   (37,069)   (37,069)    (37,069)
  Treasury stock, at cost: 30,000 common shares.............       (20)       (20)        (20)
                                                              --------   --------    --------
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......................   (32,695)    38,164     129,914
                                                              --------   --------    --------
    Total capitalization....................................  $ 41,457   $ 41,457    $133,207
                                                              ========   ========    ========
</TABLE>

 
--------------------------
 
(1) Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2000. Excludes 3,127,032 shares
   of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a
   weighted average exercise price of $6.00 per share. Includes
   14,106,616 shares of restricted common stock which are subject to our right
   to repurchase upon termination of employment of the holder at a weighted
   average repurchase price of $0.23 per share.
 
                                       14

<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2000 was approximately
$37.2 million, or $0.68 per share of common stock outstanding. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets
less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma shares of common stock
outstanding as of March 31, 2000, after giving effect to the conversion of all
shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 32,319,074 shares of
common stock. After giving effect to the issuance and sale of the
5,000,000 shares of common stock offered in this offering and after deducting
the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us,
assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the mid-point of
the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted
net tangible book value as of March 31, 2000 would have been $128.9 million, or
$2.15 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted
net tangible book value of $1.47 per share to existing stockholders and an
immediate dilution of $17.85 per share to new investors. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............           $20.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share at March 31,
    2000....................................................  $ 0.68
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
    attributable to new investors...........................    1.47
                                                              ------
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
  after this offering.......................................             2.15
                                                                       ------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................           $17.85
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>

 
    Assuming the exercise of all outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2000,
and after giving effect to the issuance and sale of the common stock in this
offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering
expenses payable by us, assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per
share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2000 would have
been $147.7 million, or $2.34 per share, representing an immediate increase in
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.66 per share to existing
stockholders from the pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2000 of
$0.68 per share and an immediate dilution of $17.66 per share to new investors.
 
    The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis, as of March 31, 2000,
the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us,
the total consideration provided to us, and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing stock in this offering:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION       AVERAGE
                                        ----------------------   ------------------------     PRICE
                                          NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT       PERCENT    PER SHARE
                                        -----------   --------   -------------   --------   ---------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>        <C>             <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders.................   55,002,994     91.7%    $ 74,524,000      42.7%     $ 1.35
New investors.........................    5,000,000       8.3     100,000,000       57.3      20.00
                                        -----------   -------    ------------    -------
    Total.............................   60,002,994    100.0%    $174,524,000     100.0%
                                        ===========   =======    ============    =======
</TABLE>

 
    The table above excludes as of March 31, 2000, 3,127,032 shares of common
stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average
exercise price of $6.00 per share under our 1997 Stock Incentive Plan. To the
extent any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new
investors. If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, the
number of shares held by new investors will increase to 5,750,000 shares, or
9.5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this
offering. See "Management--Benefit Plans" and note 9 to our consolidated
financial statements.
 
                                       15

<PAGE>

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes
to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated
statement of operations data for the period from our inception on August 7, 1997
to December 31, 1997 and the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 and the
consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 are derived
from our consolidated financial statements, audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended
March 31, 1999 and 2000 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31,
2000 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, these
unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments,
consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of Sonus' financial position and operating results for these
periods. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 have been
derived from our consolidated financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants, not included in this prospectus.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PERIOD FROM
                                            INCEPTION
                                           (AUGUST 7,                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            1997) TO       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                          DECEMBER 31,     ------------------------   ------------------------
                                              1997            1998         1999          1999         2000
                                         ---------------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>               <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Revenues...............................       $  --        $       --   $        --   $       --   $     1,093
 
Operating expenses:
  Manufacturing and product costs
    (1)................................          --                --         1,861          223         1,462
  Research and development (1).........         299             5,824        10,780        2,684         4,844
  Sales and marketing (1)..............          --               426         5,606          438         3,358
  General and administrative (1).......         187               919         1,723          301           713
  Stock-based compensation.............          --                59         4,404          517         6,979
                                              -----        ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Total operating expenses...............         486             7,228        24,374        4,163        17,356
                                              -----        ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Loss from operations...................        (486)           (7,228)      (24,374)      (4,163)      (16,263)
Interest income (expense), net.........          25               314           487          120           228
                                              -----        ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Net loss...............................        (461)           (6,914)      (23,887)      (4,043)      (16,035)
Beneficial conversion feature of Series
  C preferred stock....................          --                --        (2,500)          --            --
                                              -----        ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders.........................       $(461)       $   (6,914)  $   (26,387)  $   (4,043)  $   (16,035)
                                              =====        ==========   ===========   ==========   ===========
Net loss per share (2):
  Basic and diluted....................       $  --        $    (4.27)  $     (5.53)  $    (1.23)  $     (2.07)
  Pro forma basic and diluted..........                                       (0.75)                     (0.41)
 
Shares used in computing net loss per
  share (2):
  Basic and diluted....................          --         1,619,289     4,774,763    3,285,170     7,742,970
  Pro forma basic and diluted..........                                  32,062,786                 38,921,794
</TABLE>

 
--------------------------
 
(FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       16

<PAGE>
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                1997       1998       1999        2000
                                                              --------   --------   --------   -----------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities............   $6,606    $16,501    $23,566      $41,779
Working capital.............................................    6,308     15,321     19,604       35,122
Total assets................................................    6,987     18,416     30,782       52,361
Long-term obligations, less current portion.................        6      1,220      3,402        3,293
Redeemable convertible preferred stock......................    7,100     22,951     46,109       70,859
Total stockholders' deficit.................................     (447)    (7,097)   (25,199)     (32,695)
</TABLE>

 
--------------------------
 
(1) Excludes non-cash, stock-based compensation expense as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,
                                                                   ---------------------   ---------------------
                                                                     1998        1999        1999        2000
                                                                   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
         <S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
         Manufacturing and product costs.........................  $     --    $     92    $      8    $     73
         Research and development................................        29       1,537         121       3,647
         Sales and marketing.....................................        12       2,104         214       2,739
         General and administrative..............................        18         671         174         520
                                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                   $     59    $  4,404    $    517    $  6,979
                                                                   ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

 
(2) See note (1)(q) to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation
   of the method of calculation. Pro forma per share calculation reflects the
   conversion upon the closing of the offering of all the outstanding shares of
   Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred
   stock into shares of common stock, as if the conversion occurred at the date
   of original issue.
 
                                       17

<PAGE>

          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH OUR CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES TO THOSE STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL
INFORMATION APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION
CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION THAT INVOLVES RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. OUR
ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF A NUMBER OF FACTORS, INCLUDING THE
RISKS DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS" AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    We are a leading provider of voice infrastructure products for the new
public network. We offer a new generation of carrier-class switching equipment
and software that enable the delivery of voice services to be delivered over
packet-based networks. From our inception in August 1997 through March 31, 2000,
our operating activities consisted primarily of research and development,
product design, development and testing. We also staffed and trained our
administrative, marketing and sales organizations and began sales and marketing
activities.
 
    Since our inception, we have incurred significant losses and, as of
March 31, 2000, had an accumulated deficit of $50.0 million. We have not
achieved profitability on a quarterly or an annual basis, and anticipate that we
will continue to incur net losses. We have a lengthy sales cycle for our
products and, accordingly, we expect to incur sales and other expenses before we
realize the related revenues. We expect to incur significant sales and
marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses and,
as a result, we will need to generate significant revenues to achieve and
maintain profitability.
 
    We sell our products through a direct sales force, resellers and
distributors. In the future, we anticipate expanding our sales efforts to
include additional overseas distribution partners. Customers' decisions to
purchase our products to deploy in commercial networks involve a significant
commitment of resources and a lengthy evaluation, testing and product
qualification process. We believe these long sales cycles, as well as our
expectation that customers will tend to sporadically place large orders with
short lead times, will cause our revenues and results of operations to vary
significantly and unexpectedly from quarter to quarter. We expect to recognize
revenues from a limited number of customers for the foreseeable future.
 
    We recognize revenue from product sales to end users, resellers and
distributors upon shipment, provided there are no uncertainties regarding
acceptance, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is
fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is probable. If
uncertainties exist, we recognize revenue when those uncertainties are resolved.
Service revenue is recognized as the services are performed. Amounts collected
prior to satisfying our revenue recognition criteria are reflected as deferred
revenue. We estimate and record warranty costs at the time of product revenue
recognition. In November 1999, we began shipping our products and during the
first quarter of fiscal 2000 recognized our first revenues of $1.1 million. As
of March 31, 2000, we had a total of $1.0 million in deferred revenue that we
expect will be recognized in 2000. See note 1(i) to our consolidated financial
statements.
 
    GROSS PROFIT MARGINS.  We believe that our gross profit margins will be
affected primarily by the following factors:
 
    - demand for our products and services;
 
    - new product introductions both by us and by our competitors;
 
                                       18

<PAGE>
    - product service and support costs associated with initial deployment of
      our products in customers' networks;
 
    - changes in our pricing policies and those of our competitors;
 
    - the mix of product configurations sold;
 
    - the mix of sales channels through which our products and services are
      sold; and
 
    - the volume of manufacturing and costs of manufacturing and components.
 
    MANUFACTURING EXPENSES.  Our manufacturing expenses consist primarily of
amounts paid to third-party manufacturers, manufacturing start-up expenses and
manufacturing personnel and related costs. Commencing in 1999, we outsourced our
manufacturing to third-parties. Manufacturing engineering, documentation
control, final testing and assembly are performed at our facility.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses
consist primarily of salaries and related personnel costs, recruiting expenses
and prototype costs related to the design, development, testing and enhancement
of our products. We have expensed our research and development costs as
incurred. Some aspects of our research and development effort require
significant short-term expenditures, the timing of which can cause significant
quarterly variability in our expenses. We believe that research and development
is critical to our strategic product development objectives and we intend to
enhance our technology to meet the changing requirements of our customers. As a
result, we expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute
dollars in the future.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES.  Sales and marketing expenses consist
primarily of salaries and related personnel expenses, commissions, recruiting
expenses, promotions, customer evaluations and other marketing expenses. We
expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase substantially in absolute
dollars in the future as we increase our direct sales efforts, expand our
operations internationally, hire additional sales and marketing personnel,
initiate additional marketing programs and establish sales offices in new
locations.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative expenses
consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for executive, finance, and
accounting personnel, recruiting expenses and professional fees. We expect that
general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we add
personnel and incur additional costs related to the growth of our business and
our operation as a public company.
 
   
    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSES.  In connection with our grant of stock
options and issuance of restricted common stock during the year ended
December 31, 1999 and the three months ended March 31, 2000, we recorded
deferred compensation of $20.9 million and $25.1 million, respectively. In
addition, in April 2000, we recorded deferred compensation of $4.0 million.
Stock-based compensation expenses include the amortization of stock compensation
charges resulting from the granting of stock options and the sales of restricted
common stock to employees with exercise or sales prices that may be deemed for
accounting purposes to be below the fair value of our common stock on the date
of grant and compensation expense associated with the grant of stock options and
issuance of restricted stock to non-employees. Deferred compensation amounts are
being amortized over the vesting periods of the applicable options or restricted
stock, which are four to five years. The compensation expense associated with
non-employees is recorded at the time services are provided. See note 9(f) to
our consolidated financial statements.
    
 
                                       19

<PAGE>
    BENEFICIAL CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK.  In 1999, we recorded a charge to
accumulated deficit of $2.5 million representing the beneficial conversion
feature of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock that was sold in
November and December 1999. This charge is accounted for as a dividend to
preferred stockholders and, as a result, will increase the net loss available to
common stockholders and the related net loss per share.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    Because we were incorporated in August 1997 and commenced our principal
operations in November 1997 after obtaining our initial funding, management
believes that a discussion of the period from inception to December 31, 1997
would not be meaningful.
 
    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999
 
    MANUFACTURING EXPENSES.  Manufacturing expenses were $1.9 million in 1999,
compared to no expense in 1998. The increase was due to the commencement of
manufacturing operations.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses were
$10.8 million in 1999, an increase of $5.0 million, or 85%, from $5.8 million in
1998. The increase reflects costs primarily associated with a significant
increase in personnel and personnel-related expenses and, to a lesser extent,
recruiting expenses and prototype expenses for the development of our products.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES.  Sales and marketing expenses were
$5.6 million in 1999, an increase of $5.2 million from $426,000 in 1998. The
increase reflects costs primarily associated with the hiring of additional sales
and marketing personnel and, to a lesser extent, marketing program costs,
including Web development, trade shows and product launch activities.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative expenses
were $1.7 million in 1999, an increase of $804,000, or 87%, from $919,000 in
1998. The increase reflects costs primarily associated with the hiring of
additional general and administrative personnel and, to a lesser extent,
expenses necessary to support and scale our operations.
 
   
    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSES.  Stock-based compensation expenses were
$4.4 million in 1999, an increase of $4.3 million, from $59,000 in 1998. The
increase is due to the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
resulting from the granting of stock options and sales of restricted common
stock to employees with exercise or sales prices below the deemed fair value of
our common stock on the date of grant or sale for accounting purposes.
    
 
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET.  Interest income consists of interest earned
on our cash balances and marketable securities. Interest expense consists of
interest incurred on equipment debt. Interest income, net of interest expense
was $487,000 and $314,000 for 1999 and 1998, respectively. This increase
reflects higher invested balances partially offset by an increase in interest
expense from incurred borrowings.
 
    NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS.  As of December 31, 1999, we had
approximately $23.0 million of state and federal net operating loss
carryforwards for tax reporting purposes available to offset future taxable
income. These net operating loss carryforwards expire at dates through 2019, to
the extent that they are not used. We have not recognized any benefit from the
future use of loss carryforwards for these periods, or for any other periods
since inception. Use of the net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in
future years if there is a significant change in our ownership. Management has
recorded a full valuation allowance for the related net deferred tax asset due
to the uncertainty of realizing the benefit of this asset.
 
                                       20

<PAGE>
    THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000
 
    REVENUES.  In November 1999, we began shipping our products and recognized
$1.1 million of revenues in the first quarter of 2000. Sales to Lucent
Technologies accounted for substantially all of our revenues.
 
    MANUFACTURING EXPENSES AND PRODUCT COSTS.  Manufacturing expenses and
product costs were $1.5 million in the first quarter of 2000, an increase of
$1.2 million from $223,000 in the first quarter of 1999. The increase primarily
represents product and related costs associated with our first quarter of 2000
revenue and an increase in personnel associated with initial production start-
up. The gross profit was lower than we anticipate it will be in the future, due
to high start-up costs and the low volume of sales.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES.  Research and development expenses were
$4.8 million in the first quarter of 2000, an increase of $2.1 million, or 80%,
from $2.7 million in the first quarter of 1999. The increase reflects costs
primarily associated with a significant increase in personnel and
personnel-related expenses, offset in part by lower prototype expenses for the
development of our products.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES.  Sales and marketing expenses were
$3.4 million in the first quarter of 2000, an increase of $2.9 million from
$438,000 in the first quarter of 1999. The increase reflects costs primarily
associated with the hiring of additional sales and marketing personnel, and to a
lesser extent increases in marketing programs, travel and related expenses.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  General and administrative expenses
were $713,000 in the first quarter of 2000, an increase of $412,000, or 137%,
from $301,000 in the first quarter of 1999. The increase reflects costs
associated with the hiring of additional finance personnel and increased costs
for professional services.
 
   
    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSES.  Stock-based compensation expenses were
$7.0 million in the first quarter of 2000, an increase of $6.5 million from
$517,000 in the first quarter of 1999. The increase is due to the additional
amortization of deferred stock-based compensation resulting from the granting of
additional stock options and sale of restricted common stock to employees during
the last three quarters of 1999 and first quarter of 2000 and compensation
expense associated with non-employees. Based on the grant of stock options and
sale of restricted common stock through April 30, 2000, we expect to incur
stock-based compensation expense of approximately $23.8 million in 2000,
$13.0 million in 2001, $7.2 million in 2002, $3.4 million in 2003 and $600,000
in 2004.
    
 
    INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET.  Interest income, net of interest expense
was $228,000 and $120,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2000 and 1999,
respectively. The increase reflects higher invested balances because of the
completion of private financings, partially offset by an increase in interest
expense from incurred borrowings.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table presents our operating results for the quarters ended
March 31, 1999, June 30, 1999, September 30, 1999, December 31, 1999 and
March 31, 2000. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited and has
been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, all
necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have
been included to present fairly the unaudited consolidated quarterly results
when read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and
related notes appearing
 
                                       21

<PAGE>
elsewhere in this prospectus. These operating results are not necessarily
indicative of the results of any future period.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            MARCH 31,    JUNE 30,    SEPT. 30,      DEC. 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                               1999        1999        1999           1999           2000
                                                            ----------   ---------   ---------   --------------   ----------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues................................................   $    --      $    --     $    --       $     --       $  1,093
  Operating expenses:
    Manufacturing and product costs.......................       223          349         519            770          1,462
    Research and development..............................     2,684        2,387       2,434          3,275          4,844
    Sales and marketing...................................       438          834       1,475          2,859          3,358
    General and administrative............................       301          375         438            609            713
    Stock-based compensation..............................       517          564       1,090          2,233          6,979
                                                             -------      -------     -------       --------       --------
  Total operating expenses................................     4,163        4,509       5,956          9,746         17,356
                                                             -------      -------     -------       --------       --------
  Loss from operations....................................    (4,163)      (4,509)     (5,956)        (9,746)       (16,263)
  Interest income (expense), net..........................       120           92          71            204            228
                                                             -------      -------     -------       --------       --------
  Net loss................................................    (4,043)      (4,417)     (5,885)        (9,542)       (16,035)
  Beneficial conversion feature of Series C preferred
    stock.................................................        --           --          --         (2,500)            --
                                                             -------      -------     -------       --------       --------
  Net loss applicable to common stockholders..............   $(4,043)     $(4,417)    $(5,885)      $(12,042)      $(16,035)
                                                             =======      =======     =======       ========       ========
</TABLE>

 
    Our revenues and operating results will vary significantly from quarter to
quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and
any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Generally, purchases by
service providers of telecommunications equipment from manufacturers have been
unpredictable and clustered, rather than steady, as the providers build out
their networks. The primary factors that may affect our revenues and results
include the following:
 
    - fluctuation in demand for our voice infrastructure products and the timing
      and size of customer orders;
 
    - the length and variability of the sales cycle for our products and the
      corresponding timing of recognizing revenues and deferred revenues;
 
    - new product introductions and enhancements by our competitors and us;
 
    - changes in our pricing policies, the pricing policies of our competitors
      and the prices of the components of our products;
 
    - our ability to develop, introduce and ship new products and product
      enhancements that meet customer requirements in a timely manner;
 
    - the mix of product configurations sold;
 
    - our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of sole or limited source
      components;
 
    - our ability to attain and maintain production volumes and quality levels
      for our products;
 
    - costs related to acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or
      businesses; and
 
    - general economic conditions, as well as those specific to the
      telecommunications, networking and related industries.
 
    As with other telecommunications product suppliers, we may recognize a
substantial portion of our revenue in a given quarter from sales booked and
shipped in the last weeks of that quarter. As a result, a delay in customer
orders is likely to result in a delay in shipments and recognition of
 
                                       22

<PAGE>
revenue beyond the end of a given quarter, which would have a significant impact
on our operating results for that quarter.
 
    Our operating expenses are largely based on anticipated organizational
growth and revenue trends. As a result, a delay in generating or recognizing
revenues for the reasons set forth above, or for any other reason, could cause
significant variations in our operating results. We believe that
quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are not a good
indication of our future performance. It is likely that in some future quarters,
our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts
and investors. In this event, the price of our common stock will probably
substantially decrease.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private
sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock totaling $70.7 million in net
proceeds through March 31, 2000. Upon the closing of this offering, all of our
redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into 32,319,074 shares of
common stock. We have also financed our operations through net long-term
borrowings of $4.7 million for the purchase of fixed assets. At March 31, 2000,
cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities totaled $41.8 million.
 
    Net cash used in operating activities was $5.7 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2000, $16.0 million for 1999 and $5.9 million for 1998. Net cash
flows from operating activities in each period reflect increasing net losses as
compared to the comparable period of the preceding year and, to a lesser extent,
inventory purchases offset in part by increases in accounts payable and accrued
expenses.
 
    Net cash used in investing activities was $3.8 million for the three months
ended March 31, 2000, $6.4 million for 1999 and $14.8 million for 1998. Net cash
used for investing activities in each period reflects purchases of property and
equipment, primarily computers and test equipment for our development and
manufacturing activities and net purchases and maturities of marketable
securities. We used amounts invested in marketable securities in 1998 to fund
operations in 1999. We expect capital expenditures to continue to increase in
the year 2000 to approximately $11.0 million, due to our expansion and
expenditures for software licenses, computers and test equipment.
 
   
    Net cash provided by financing activities was $26.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2000, $27.6 million for 1999 and $17.7 million for 1998.
Net cash provided by financing activities for these periods was derived
primarily from private sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock and
long-term borrowings. We also have a $7.0 million bank equipment line of credit
with available borrowings of $1.4 million as of March 31, 2000. This line of
credit is collateralized by all of our assets, except intellectual property, and
bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus 0.5%. At April 30, 2000, an
aggregate of approximately $5.0 million was outstanding under this line of
credit. We are required to comply with various financial and restrictive
covenants, and as of April 30, 2000, are in compliance with these covenants.
    
 
    We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our
current cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and available line of
credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working
capital and capital expenditures for at least 12 months. If our existing
resources, proceeds from this offering and cash generated from operations are
insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell
additional equity or debt securities. The sale of additional equity or
convertible debt securities could result in additional dilution to our
stockholders, and we cannot be certain that additional financing will be
available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable
to obtain this additional financing, we may be
 
                                       23

<PAGE>
required to reduce the scope of our planned product development and sales and
marketing efforts, which could harm our business, financial condition and
operating results.
 
MARKET RISK
 
    We do not currently use derivative financial instruments. We generally place
our marketable security investments in high-quality credit instruments,
primarily U.S. Government obligations and corporate obligations with contractual
maturities of less than one year. We do not expect any material loss from our
marketable security investments and therefore believe that our potential
interest rate exposure is not material.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
 
    In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 101, REVENUE RECOGNITION IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. This
bulletin established guidelines for revenue recognition. We recognize revenues
in accordance with this recent pronouncement.
 
    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING
ACTIVITIES, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and
for hedging activities. We do not currently engage in trading market risk
sensitive instruments or purchase hedging instruments or "other than trading"
instruments that are likely to expose us to market risk, whether interest rate,
foreign currency exchange, commodity price or equity price risk. We may do so in
the future as our operations expand domestically and abroad. We will evaluate
the impact of foreign currency exchange risk and other derivative instrument
risk on our results of operations when appropriate. We will adopt SFAS No. 133
as required by SFAS No. 137, DEFERRAL OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF FASB STATEMENT
NO. 133, in fiscal year 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 is not expected to
have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
                                       24

<PAGE>

 
                                   BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    We are a leading provider of voice infrastructure products for the new
public network. We offer a new generation of carrier-class switching equipment
and software that enable voice services to be delivered over packet-based
networks.
 
    We expect two global forces--deregulation and the expansion of the
Internet--to revolutionize the public telephone network worldwide. Packet
networks more efficiently use available network bandwidth as compared to
traditional circuit-switched telephone networks, which were designed for voice
traffic and built long before the advent of the Internet. Packet-based networks,
which transport voice and data in small bundles, or "packets," offer a highly
flexible, cost-effective and efficient means to provide communications services,
including data, voice and multimedia. Our GSX9000 Open Services Switch, PSX6000
SoftSwitch, SGX2000 SS7 signaling gateway and System 9200 Internet offload
solution are designed to offer high-reliability, toll-quality voice, improved
economics, interoperability, rapid deployment and an open architecture enabling
the design and implementation of new services and applications.
 
    Our objective is to be the primary supplier of voice infrastructure products
for the new public network. We intend to capitalize on our early technology and
market lead to build the premier franchise in voice infrastructure solutions for
the new public network.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    The public telephone network is an integral part of our everyday lives. For
most of its 100-year history, the telephone industry has been heavily regulated,
which has slowed the evolution of its underlying circuit-switching technologies
and limited innovation in service offerings and the pricing of telephone
services. We expect two global forces--deregulation and the expansion of the
Internet--to revolutionize the public telephone network worldwide.
 
    Deregulation of the telephone industry accelerated with the passage of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996. The barriers that once restricted service
providers to a specific geography or service offering, such as local or long
distance, are disappearing. The opportunity created by opening up the
$750 billion telephone services market has been attracting thousands of new
service providers. Intense competition between new players and incumbents is
driving down prices. With limited ability to reduce the cost structure of the
public telephone network, profit margins for traditional telephone services are
eroding. In response, service providers are seeking both new, creative and
differentiated service offerings and the means to reduce their costs.
 
    Simultaneously, the rapid adoption of the Internet is driving dramatic
growth of data traffic. Today, a significant portion of this data traffic is
carried over the traditional circuit-switched telephone network. However, the
circuit-switched network, designed for voice traffic and built long before the
advent of the Internet, is not suited to efficiently transport data traffic. In
a circuit-switched network, a dedicated path, or circuit, is established for
each call, reserving a fixed amount of capacity or bandwidth in each direction.
The dedicated circuit is maintained for the duration of the call across all of
the circuit switches spanning the path from origination to the destination of
the call, even when no traffic is being sent. As a result, a circuit-switched
architecture is highly inefficient for Internet applications, which tend to
create large bursts of data traffic followed by long periods of silence.
 
    In contrast, a packet network divides traffic into distinct units called
packets, and routes each packet independently. By combining traffic from users
with differing capacity demands at different times, packet networks more
efficiently fill available network bandwidth with packets of data from many
users, thereby reducing the bandwidth wasted due to silence from any single
user. The
 
                                       25

<PAGE>
volume of data traffic continues to increase as use of the Internet and the
number of connected users grow, driving service providers to build large-scale,
more efficient packet networks.
 
    With voice traffic carried over the vast installed base of traditional
circuit-switched networks, and data traffic carried over rapidly expanding
packet networks, service providers are faced with the expense and complexity of
building and maintaining parallel networks.
 
    The following diagrams depict these parallel voice and data networks.[Two
diagrams appear: the first diagram is symmetric and depicts a circuit-switched
network. A large, rectangular box labeled "Circuit Switched Network" is in the
center. The box contains a series of small shapes aligned linearly and connected
by a straight bold line. From left to right, the shapes are a small circle
labeled "End Office," two small hexagons labeled "Tandem/Toll" and a small
circle labeled "End Office." Outside of the rectangular box on each side is an
icon representing a telephone connected to the outer circle labeled "End Office"
by a bold line. Also on each side and connected to the outer "End Office" circle
by dotted lines are icons representing a fax machine and second telephone. Above
the rectangular box and connected by dotted lines to each of the small shapes
inside of the large rectangle is a shaded oval labeled "SS7."
 
Lower diagram is symmetric and depicts a generic packet-switched network. Shaded
cloud labeled "Packet Network" is aligned directly below the rectangular box of
the upper diagram. On left and right side of the cloud, aligned linearly, is an
icon representing a computer, connected to the cloud by a dotted line. Connected
to the bottom of the cloud by dotted lines are three additional computers.]
 
THE NEED FOR, AND BENEFITS OF, COMBINING VOICE AND DATA NETWORKS
 
    We believe significant opportunities exist in uniting these separate,
parallel networks into a new integrated public network capable of transporting
both voice and data traffic. Enormous potential savings can be realized by
eliminating redundant or overlapping equipment purchases and reducing network
operating costs. Also, combining traditional voice services with Internet or
Web-based services in a single network is expected to enable new and powerful
high-margin, revenue-generating service offerings such as single-number dialing,
unified messaging, Internet click-to-talk, sophisticated call centers and other
services.
 
    The packet network is the platform for the new public network. The volume of
data traffic has already eclipsed voice traffic and is growing much faster than
voice. Packet architectures are more efficient at moving data, more flexible,
and reduce equipment and operating costs. The key to realizing the full
potential of a converged, packet-based network is to enable the world's voice
traffic to run over those networks.
 
    Early attempts to develop new technologies to carry voice traffic over
packet networks have included voice over Internet protocol, or VoIP, systems
using a personal computer platform and
 
                                       26

<PAGE>
devices that added VoIP capability to existing data devices such as remote
access servers. While demonstrating the viability of transmitting voice over
packet technology, these approaches have fallen far short of the quality,
reliability and scalability required by the public telephone network.
 
    These early VoIP systems have also lacked the ability to interoperate with
the signaling infrastructure of the circuit-switched network. Without this
signaling capability, VoIP applications cannot provide the consistent "look,
sound and feel" of traditional telephone calls and are not well-suited to more
complex applications such as voicemail, unified messaging and other value-added
services.
 
    The public telephone network is large, highly complex and generates
significant revenues, a substantial majority of which are derived from voice
services. Given service providers' substantial investment in, and dependence
upon, traditional circuit-switched technology, their transition to the new
public network will be gradual. During this transition, an immediate opportunity
exists to reduce the burden on overloaded and expensive circuit-switched
resources. Internet offload will allow modem-connected Internet calls to be
identified and diverted from the circuit-switched network to the packet network,
thus optimizing use of valuable network bandwidth.
 
    With $45 billion spent on traditional circuit switches in 1999, according to
Synergy Research Group, a market research firm, the market opportunity for
providers of voice infrastructure is significant. For example, spending on voice
infrastructure products to enable just two applications in the new public
network, VoIP and Internet offload, is projected to grow dramatically to
$19 billion in 2003.
 
REQUIREMENTS FOR VOICE INFRASTRUCTURE PRODUCTS FOR THE NEW PUBLIC NETWORK
 
    Users demand high levels of quality and reliability from the public
telephone network, and service providers require a cost-efficient network that
enables new revenue-generating services. As a result, voice infrastructure
products for the new public network must satisfy the following requirements:
 
    CARRIER-CLASS PERFORMANCE.  Because they operate complex, mission-critical
networks, service providers have clear infrastructure requirements. These
include extremely high reliability, quality and interoperability. For example,
service providers typically require equipment that complies with their 99.999%
availability standard.
 
    SCALABILITY AND DENSITY.  Infrastructure solutions for the new public
network face challenging scalability requirements. Service providers' central
offices typically support tens or even hundreds of thousands of simultaneous
calls. In order to be economically attractive, the new infrastructure must
compare favorably with existing networks in terms of cost per port, space
occupied, power consumption and cooling requirements.
 
    COMPATIBILITY WITH STANDARDS AND EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE.  New
infrastructure equipment and software must support the full range of telephone
network standards, including signaling protocols such as SS7 and various
physical interfaces such as ISDN, primary rate interface, or PRI, and T1. It
must also support data networking protocols such as Internet protocol, or IP,
and asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM, as well as newer protocols such as
H.323, IPDC and SIP. When operating, the new equipment and software cannot
hinder, and ideally should enhance, the capabilities of the existing
infrastructure, for example, by alleviating Internet access bottlenecks.
 
    INTELLIGENT SOFTWARE IN AN OPEN AND FLEXIBLE PLATFORM.  The architecture for
the new public network will decouple the capabilities of traditional
circuit-switching equipment into robust hardware elements and highly intelligent
software platforms that provide control, signaling and service creation
capabilities. This approach will transform the closed, proprietary
circuit-switched public
 
                                       27

<PAGE>
telephone network into a flexible, open environment accessible to a wide range
of software developers. Service providers and third-party vendors will be able
to develop and implement new applications independent of switch vendors.
Moreover, the proliferation of independent software providers promises to drive
the creation of innovative voice and data services that could expand service
provider revenues.
 
    SIMPLE AND RAPID INSTALLATION, DEPLOYMENT AND SUPPORT.  Infrastructure
solutions must be easy to install, deploy, configure and manage. These
attributes will enable rapid growth and effective management of dynamic and
complex service provider networks.
 
THE SONUS SOLUTION
 
    We develop, market and sell what we believe to be the first comprehensive
suite of voice infrastructure products purpose-built for the deployment and
management of voice and data services over the new public network. Our solution
consists of four carrier-class products:
 
    - the GSX9000 Open Services Switch;
 
    - the PSX6000 SoftSwitch;
 
    - the SGX2000 SS7 Signaling Gateway; and
 
    - the System 9200 Internet offload solution.
 
These products are designed to offer high reliability, toll-quality voice,
improved economics, interoperability, rapid deployment and an open architecture
enabling the design and implementation of new services and applications. Our
solution has been specifically designed to meet the requirements of the new
public network. As shown in the following diagram, our products unite the voice
and data networks, unleashing the potential of the new public network.
 
    [Symmetric diagram with shaded cloud labeled "Packet Network" at the center.
Aligned on the horizontal axis extending from each of the left and right sides
of the "Packet Network" cloud is a box with caption reading "Sonus GSX9000 Open
Services Switch" and a small cloud labeled "Public Telephone Network." Connected
to the small cloud by bold lines are icons representing telephones and fax
machines. Below the center "Packet Network" cloud and connected by bold lines
are a stacked figure labeled "3rd Party Application Servers" and an icon
representing a computer. Above the center "Packet Network" cloud on the left
side is a small box labeled "Sonus SGX2000 SS7 Signaling Gateway" connected by a
bold line. Above that box to the left, connected by a dotted line, is an oval
labeled "SS7." Above the center "Packet Network" cloud on the right side is a
small box labeled "Sonus PSX6000 SoftSwitch."]
 
                                       28

<PAGE>
    CARRIER-CLASS PERFORMANCE.  Our products are designed to offer the highest
levels of quality, reliability and interoperability, including:
 
    - full redundancy, enabling 99.999% availability;
 
    - voice quality as good as, or superior to, today's circuit-switched
      network;
 
    - system hardware designed for network equipment building standards, or
      NEBS, Level 3 compliance;
 
    - a complete set of service features, addressing those found in the existing
      voice network and extending them to offer greater flexibility; and
 
    - sophisticated network management and configuration capabilities.
 
    COMPATIBILITY WITH STANDARDS AND EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE.  Our products are
designed to be compatible with all applicable voice and data networking
standards and interfaces, including:
 
    - SS7 and other telephone network signaling protocols, including advanced
      services as well as simple call management and routing;
 
    - IP, ATM, Ethernet and optical data networking standards;
 
    - encoding, compression and call management standards including H.323, IPDC,
      SIP and others;
 
    - voice coding standards such as G.711, and echo cancellation standard
      G.168; and
 
    - all common interfaces, including T1, T3, E1 and PRI, and optical
      interfaces.
 
    Our solution is designed to interface with legacy circuit-switching
equipment, supporting the transparent flow of calls and other information
between the circuit and packet networks. As a result, our products allow service
providers to migrate to the new public network, while preserving their
significant legacy infrastructure investments.
 
    COST EFFECTIVENESS AND HIGH SCALABILITY.  Our solution can be used to
cost-effectively build packet-based switch configurations supporting a range
from a few hundred calls to hundreds of thousands of simultaneous calls. In
addition, the capital cost of our equipment is typically half that of
traditional circuit-switched equipment. At the same time, our GSX9000 Open
Services Switch offers unparalleled density, requires less than one-tenth of the
space needed by circuit-switching implementations and requires significantly
less power and cooling. This enables a significant reduction in expensive
central office facilities' cost and allows service providers to deploy our
equipment in locations where traditional circuit switches are not even an option
given the limited space and environmental services.
 
    The GSX9000 Open Services Switch can create central office space savings as
shown below.
 
    [Three dimensional diagram with a set of four rectangular bars parallel to
one another and lined up evenly with caption reading "Traditional Circuit Switch
(50,000 calls)." Depicted in front of the rectangular bars is a single, small,
upright rectangular box labeled "Sonus GSX9000 Open Services Switch (50,000
calls)." Extending from each of the left and right sides of the small
rectangular box back to the sides of the first of the four larger bars is a thin
line.]
 
                                       29

<PAGE>
    OPEN SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE AND FLEXIBLE PLATFORM.  Our Open Services
Architecture, or OSA, is based on a software-centric design and a flexible
platform, allowing rapid development of new products and services. For example,
software intelligence in our System 9200 can detect Internet modem calls as they
enter the network and divert them to remote access servers to be routed directly
to a packet network. New services may be developed by us, by service providers
or by any number of third parties including software developers and systems
integrators. The OSA also facilitates the creation of services that were
previously not possible on the circuit-switched network. In addition, we have
partnered with a number of third-party application software developers to
stimulate the growth of new applications available for our platform.
 
    EASE OF INSTALLATION AND DEPLOYMENT.  Our equipment and software can be
installed and placed in service by our customers much more quickly than
circuit-switching equipment. By offering comprehensive testing, configuration
and management software, we expedite the deployment process as well as the
ongoing management and operation of our products. We believe that typical
installations of our solution require just weeks of time from product arrival to
final testing, thereby reducing the cost of deployment and speeding the time to
market for new services.
 
THE SONUS STRATEGY
 
    Our objective is to be the primary supplier of voice infrastructure for the
new public network. We intend to capitalize on our early technology and market
lead to build the premier franchise in voice infrastructure solutions for the
new public network. Principal elements of our strategy include:
 
    LEVERAGE TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP TO ACHIEVE KEY SERVICE PROVIDER DESIGN
WINS.  As the first company to provide voice infrastructure for the new public
network, we plan to achieve key design wins with market-leading service
providers as they develop the architecture for their new voice networks. We
expect service providers to select vendors that provide leading technology and
the ability to maintain that technology leadership. Our equipment is an integral
part of the network architecture, and achieving design wins will enable us to
rapidly grow our business as these networks are deployed. We have already been
awarded contracts by three major service providers: Global Crossing, Intermedia
Communications and Williams Communications. Furthermore, by working closely with
our customers as they deploy these networks, we will gain valuable knowledge
regarding their requirements, positioning us to develop product enhancements and
extensions that address evolving service provider needs.
 
    EXPAND AND BROADEN OUR CUSTOMER BASE BY TARGETING SPECIFIC MARKET
SEGMENTS.  We plan to leverage our early success to penetrate new customer
segments. We believe new and incumbent service providers will build the new
public network at different rates. Initially, the new service providers, also
called greenfield carriers, who are relatively unencumbered by legacy equipment,
will be the most likely first purchasers of our equipment and software, as they
compete aggressively with the incumbent service providers. Other newer entrants,
such as competitive local exchange carriers, or CLEC's, and Internet service
providers, or ISP's, are also likely to be early adopters of our products. As
competitive service providers achieve greater market presence and leverage the
lower costs and advanced services inherent in packet-switching technology, we
believe incumbents will face further competitive pressure, increasing the
likelihood that, and pace at which, they will adopt our products.
 
    EXPAND OUR GLOBAL SALES, MARKETING, SUPPORT AND DISTRIBUTION
CAPABILITIES.  Becoming the primary supplier of voice infrastructure for the new
public network will require a strong worldwide presence. We are rapidly
expanding our sales, marketing, support and distribution capabilities to address
this need. We have recently opened regional sales offices in the United States
and a European headquarters in the United Kingdom. In addition, we plan to
augment our global direct
 
                                       30

<PAGE>
sales effort with international distribution partners. As a carrier-class
solution provider, we are making a significant investment in professional
services and customer support.
 
    GROW OUR BASE OF SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS AND DEVELOPMENT PARTNERS.  We have
established and promote the Open Services Partner Alliance, or OSPA, which
brings together a broad range of development partners to provide our customers
with a variety of advanced services and application options. This alliance
includes more than twenty members that are enabling new IP-based enhanced
services, call processing, billing, provisioning, network management and
operations systems. We plan to expand this program to maximize the services
available to our customers, and speed their time to market.
 
    LEVERAGE OUR TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM FROM THE CORE OF THE NETWORK OUT TO THE
ACCESS EDGE. Our robust and sophisticated technology platform has been designed
to operate at the heart of the largest networks in the world. From a fundamental
position in this trunking infrastructure, we plan to extend our reach by moving
outward to the access segments of the network. For example, we have already
announced our System 9200 Internet offload solution, a turnkey product that
gives service providers a cost effective means to manage Internet data traffic.
Over time, we plan to expand our product offerings into other high-growth areas,
such as business and residential access. This approach will allow our customers
to design and execute a coordinated migration and expansion strategy as they
build entirely new networks or transition from their legacy circuit-switched
infrastructure.
 
    ACTIVELY CONTRIBUTE TO THE STANDARDS DEFINITION AND ADOPTION PROCESS.  To
advance our technology and market leadership, we will continue to actively lead
and contribute to standards bodies such as the International Softswitch
Consortium, the Internet Engineering Task Force and the International
Telecommunications Union. The definition of standards for the new public network
is in an early stage and we intend to drive these standards to meet the
requirements for an open, accessible, scalable and powerful new public network
infrastructure.
 
    PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND ALLIANCES.  We intend to expand our
products and services through selected acquisitions and alliances. These may
include acquisitions of complementary products, technologies and businesses that
further enhance our technology leadership or product breadth. We also believe
that allying with companies providing complementary products or services for the
new public network will enable us to bring greater value to our customers and
extend our lead over potential competitors.
 
PRODUCTS
 
GSX9000 OPEN SERVICES SWITCH
 
    Our GSX9000 Open Services Switch enables voice traffic to be transported
over packet networks. Its carrier-class hardware is designed to be NEBS Level 3
compliant and provide 99.999% availability, with no single point of failure, and
offers optional full redundancy and full hot-swap capability. It is powered from
-48VDC sources standard in central offices and attaches to the central office
timing network. The basic building block of a GSX9000 is a shelf. Each shelf is
28" high, mounts in a standard 19" or 23" rack, and provides 16 slots for server
and adapter
 
                                       31

<PAGE>
modules. The first 2 slots are reserved for management modules, while the other
14 slots may be used for any mix of other module types. It supports the
following interfaces:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
            - T1;              [Diagram depicting a large box with caption reading "GSX9000 Open
            - T3;              Services Switch." Detail on the face includes the Sonus logo in the upper
            - E1;              left corner and a set of vertical slots.]
            - OC3;
            - 100BaseT; and
            - OC12c/STM-4.
</TABLE>

 
    The GSX9000 is designed to deliver voice quality equal, or superior, to that
of the public network. It is designed to support the G.711 approach used in
circuit switches, and will deliver a number of other voice compression
algorithms. It also is designed to provide world-class echo cancellation,
conforming to the latest G.168 standard, on every circuit port. It automatically
disables echo cancellation when it detects a modem signal. The GSX9000 is also
designed to minimize delay, further enhancing perceived voice quality. The
GSX9000 scales to the very large configurations required by major carriers. A
single GSX9000 shelf can support up to 8,064 simultaneous calls. A single
GSX9000 consisting of multiple shelves, can support 100,000 or more simultaneous
calls. The GSX9000 is designed to operate with our PSX6000 SoftSwitch and with
softswitches and network products offered by other vendors.
 
PSX6000 SOFTSWITCH
 
    The PSX6000 SoftSwitch controls the operation of the GSX9000. It contains
the service provider's specifications of the features to be used for each
subscriber or group of subscribers, the available services and when to provide
them, and the policies for routing calls across the packet core. The PSX6000
does not handle voice calls directly; instead, it controls a GSX9000 to
implement the necessary services. The PSX6000 supports a broad range of carrier
switching requirements and provides a platform upon which new services can be
easily and quickly created and implemented. It allows carriers to deploy a
circuit-switched, packet, or converged circuit/packet infrastructure with the
capacity, reliability and intelligence that they require. Functions such as
provisioning, service selection and routing can be centralized in a small number
of PSX6000 SoftSwitches.
 
    The PSX6000 can reside in a wide range of standard hardware platforms to fit
any size network. It may be replicated as required for high availability or to
support very high call processing requirements. The service provider can
designate a primary softswitch to control each GSX9000 gateway. In case of a
failure of the primary PSX6000, the GSX9000 will transparently transfer control
to another PSX6000 without affecting calls.
 
    We believe the PSX6000 has the flexibility to support the requirements of
the full range of service providers. Typical applications include Internet
offload, PRI switching, domestic and international direct dial, business direct
access, virtual private networks, and toll/tandem switching. The PSX6000 also
facilitates new applications and services, integrating enhanced applications on
IP-based platforms similar to Internet Web servers.
 
                                       32

<PAGE>
SGX2000 SS7 SIGNALING GATEWAY
 
    The Sonus SGX2000 SS7 Signaling Gateway offers carriers a comprehensive and
cost-effective SS7 signaling solution that provides interconnection between the
traditional public telephone network and elements of our Open Services
Architecture. With the SGX2000, existing public telephone network voice switches
can interact with the Sonus GSX9000 using the same signaling methods they would
use with other circuit switches. This compatibility means that carriers can
preserve their existing investment in infrastructure, and can offer their
customers the full range of normal public telephone network services, such as
800 services and 1+ dialing in the new public network.
 
    The SGX2000 also supports full access to SS7 service control points. Using
the SGX2000, our products gain access to signal control processor-based
applications such as 800 number translation and local number portability. This
support allows service providers to preserve their application investment and
ensure compatibility between applications common to both circuit and packet
voice services. The SGX2000 supports up to 64 A-links to the SS7 network, and
transports the SS7 messages to other network devices using IP protocols. The
SGX2000 can be deployed in a redundant configuration, providing the performance
and high availability required of a carrier-class SS7 solution.
 
SYSTEM 9200
 
    Our System 9200 Internet offload solution is a turnkey product that allows
local service providers, including CLEC's and ISP's, to more effectively handle
the rapidly increasing amount of modem-originated Internet traffic traversing
voice networks. The System 9200 is designed to divert Internet traffic from
expensive circuit switches as calls enter the network, enabling service
providers to improve network performance and significantly reduce network
operating costs.
 
    The System 9200 utilizes the technology delivered in the GSX9000, PSX6000
and SGX2000 to provide a smooth migration to packetized voice and data
transport.
 
CUSTOMER SUPPORT AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
 
    We believe our comprehensive technical customer support and professional
services capabilities are an important element of our solution for customers.
These services cover the full network lifecycle: planning; design; installation;
and operations. We help our customers create or revise their business plans and
design their networks and also provide the following:
 
    - turnkey network installation services;
 
    - 24-hour technical support; and
 
    - educational services to customer personnel on the installation, operation
      and maintenance of our equipment.
 
    We have established a technical assistance center at our headquarters in
Westford, Massachusetts. The technical assistance center provides customers with
periodic updates to our software and product documentation. We offer our
customers a variety of service plans.
 
    A key differentiator of our support activities is our professional services
group, many members of which hold advanced technical degrees in electrical
engineering or related disciplines. We offer a broad range of professional
services, including sophisticated network deployment, assistance with logistics
and project management support. We also maintain a customer support laboratory
in which customers can test the utility of our products for their specific
applications and in which they can gain an understanding of the applications
enabled by the converged network.
 
                                       33

<PAGE>
CUSTOMERS
 
    Our target customer base includes long distance carriers, local exchange
carriers, Internet service providers, cable operators, international telephone
companies and carriers that provide services to other carriers. We have shipped
products to Global Crossing, Intermedia Communications, Lucent Technologies and
Williams Communications, and to other customers and prospective customers.
Currently, our customers are using our products in laboratory testing and
internal trials.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    We sell our products through a direct sales force, distributors and
resellers, including Nissho Electronics Corporation and Lucent Technologies.
Lucent Technologies currently represents us as a sales agent for one of our
customers, Global Crossing. In addition, we intend to establish relationships
with selected original equipment manufacturers and other marketing partners in
order to serve particular markets or geographies and provide our customers with
opportunities to purchase our products in combination with related services and
products. As of March 31, 2000, our sales and marketing organization consisted
of 40 employees, of which 14 are located in our headquarters in Westford,
Massachusetts, and 26 are located in sales and support offices around the United
States and in the United Kingdom.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    We believe that strong product development capabilities are essential to our
strategy of enhancing our core technology, developing additional applications,
incorporating that technology into new products and maintaining the
comprehensiveness of our product and service offerings. Our research and
development process is driven by the availability of new technology, market data
and customer feedback. We have invested significant time and resources in
creating a structured process for undertaking all product development projects.
 
    We have assembled a team of highly skilled engineers with significant
telecommunications and networking industry experience. Our engineers have
experience in, and have been drawn, from leading computer data networking,
telecommunications and multimedia companies. As of March 31, 2000, we had 110
employees responsible for research and development, of which 87 were software
and quality assurance engineers and 23 were hardware engineers. Our engineering
effort is focused on new applications and network access features, new network
interfaces, improved scalability, quality, reliability and next generation
technologies.
 
    We have made, and intend to continue to make, a substantial investment in
research and development. Research and development expenses were $299,000 for
the period from inception on August 7, 1997 to December 31, 1997, $5.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998, $10.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 1999 and $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2000.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market for voice infrastructure products for the new public network is
intensely competitive, subject to rapid technological change and significantly
affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry
participants. We expect competition to persist and intensify in the future. Our
primary sources of competition include vendors of networking and
telecommunications equipment, such as Cisco Systems, Lucent Technologies, Nortel
Networks, Siemens and Tellabs, and private companies that have focused on our
target market. In addition, Lucent Technologies, who currently represents us as
a sales agent for one of our customers, Global Crossing, is also a direct
competitor. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial
resources than we do
 
                                       34

<PAGE>
and are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and
support of their products. In addition, many of our competitors have more
extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships than we do,
including relationships with our potential customers.
 
    In order to compete effectively, we must deliver products that:
 
    - provide extremely high network reliability and voice quality;
 
    - scale easily and efficiently;
 
    - interoperate with existing network designs and other vendors' equipment;
 
    - provide effective network management;
 
    - are accompanied by comprehensive customer support and professional
      services; and
 
    - provide a cost-effective and space-efficient solution for service
      providers.
 
    In addition, we believe that the ability to provide vendor-sponsored
financing, which some of our competitors currently offer, is an important
competitive factor in our market.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    Our success and ability to compete are dependent on our ability to develop
and maintain our technology and operate without infringing on the proprietary
rights of others. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret
and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect the proprietary
aspects of our technology. These legal protections afford only limited
protection for our technology. We presently have two patent applications pending
in the United States and abroad and we cannot be certain that patents will be
granted based on these or any other applications. We seek to protect our
intellectual property by:
 
    - protecting our source code for our software, documentation and other
      written materials under trade secret and copyright laws;
 
    - licensing our software pursuant to signed license agreements, which impose
      restrictions on others' ability to use our software; and
 
    - seeking to limit disclosure of our intellectual property by requiring
      employees and consultants with access to our proprietary information to
      execute confidentiality agreements.
 
    Due to rapid technological change, we believe that factors such as the
technological and creative skills of our personnel, new product developments and
enhancements to existing products are more important than the various legal
protections of our technology to establishing and maintaining technology
leadership.
 
    We have incorporated third-party licensed technology into our current
products. From time to time, we may be required to license additional technology
from third parties to develop new products or product enhancements. Third-party
licenses may not be available or continue to be available to us on commercially
reasonable terms. The inability to maintain or re-license any third-party
licenses required in our current products, or to obtain any new third-party
licenses to develop new products and product enhancements could require us to
obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at
greater cost, and delay or prevent us from making these products or
enhancements, any of which could seriously harm the competitiveness of our
products.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    Currently, we outsource the manufacturing of our products. Our contract
manufacturers provide comprehensive manufacturing services, including assembly
of our products and procurement of
 
                                       35

<PAGE>
materials on our behalf. We perform final test and assembly at our facility to
ensure that we meet our internal and external quality standards. We believe that
outsourcing our manufacturing will enable us to conserve working capital, better
adjust manufacturing volumes to meet changes in demand and more quickly deliver
products. At present, we purchase products from our outside contract
manufacturers on a purchase order basis. We may not be able to enter into
long-term contracts with outside manufacturers on terms acceptable to us, if at
all.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of March 31, 2000, we had a total of 198 employees, including 110 in
research and development, 40 in sales and marketing, 22 in customer support and
professional services, 18 in manufacturing and eight in finance and
administration. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining
unit. We believe our relations with our employees are good.
 

PROPERTIES
 
    Our headquarters are currently located in a leased facility in Westford,
Massachusetts, consisting of approximately 41,500 square feet under a lease that
expires in 2004. In April 2000, we executed a lease for an additional facility
in Littleton, Massachusetts consisting of approximately 23,000 square feet under
a sublease that expires in 2003. We also lease short-term office space in
Colorado and New Jersey. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our
current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as needed.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    We are not currently a party to any material litigation.
 
                                       36

<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
   
    The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, their
respective ages and positions as of March 31, 2000:
    
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                          AGE                       POSITION
----                                        --------   ------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>
Rubin Gruber..............................     55      Chairman of the Board of Directors
Hassan M. Ahmed...........................     42      President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                       Director
Michael G. Hluchyj........................     45      Chief Technology Officer, Vice President
                                                       and Secretary
Jeffrey Mayersohn.........................     49      Vice President of Customer Support and
                                                       Professional Services
Stephen J. Nill...........................     48      Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of
                                                       Finance and Administration and Treasurer
Gary A. Rogers............................     45      Vice President of Worldwide Sales and
                                                       Marketing
Frank T. Winiarski........................     57      Vice President of Manufacturing
Kwok P. Wong..............................     42      Vice President of Engineering
Edward T. Anderson (1)....................     50      Director
Paul J. Ferri (1) (2).....................     61      Director
Paul J. Severino (1) (2)..................     53      Director
</TABLE>

 
------------------------
 
(1) Member of audit committee.
 
(2) Member of compensation committee.
 
    RUBIN GRUBER is one of our founders and has been a Director since
November 1997 and Chairman of our Board of Directors since November 1998. From
November 1997 until November 1998, Mr. Gruber was our President. Before founding
Sonus, Mr. Gruber was a founder of VideoServer, Inc., now Ezenia!, Inc., a
manufacturer of videoconference network equipment and from February 1992 until
September 1996 served as Vice President of Business Development. Previously,
Mr. Gruber was a founder and served as President of both Cambridge
Telecommunications, Inc., a manufacturer of networking equipment, and Davox
Corporation, a developer of terminals supporting voice and data applications,
and served as a Senior Vice President of Bolt, Beranek and Newman Communications
Corporation, a subsidiary of Bolt, Beranek and Newman, Inc., a manufacturer of
data communications equipment. Mr. Gruber also serves on the board of directors
of the International Softswitch Consortium. Mr. Gruber holds a B.Sc. in
mathematics from McGill University and a M.A. in mathematics from Wayne State
University.
 
    HASSAN M. AHMED has been our President and Chief Executive Officer and a
member of our Board of Directors since November 1998. From July 1998 to
November 1998, Mr. Ahmed was Executive Vice President and General Manager of the
Core Switching Division of Ascend Communications, Inc., a provider of wide area
network switches and access data networking equipment, and from July 1997 until
July 1998 was a Vice President and General Manager of the Core Switching
Division. From June 1995 to July 1997, Mr. Ahmed was Chief Technology Officer
and Vice President of Engineering for Cascade Communications Corp., a provider
of wide area network switches. From 1993 until June 1995, Mr. Ahmed was a
founder and President of WaveAccess, Inc., a supplier of wireless
communications. Prior to that, he was an Associate Professor at Boston
University, Engineering Manager at Analog Devices, a chip manufacturer, and
director of VSLI Systems at Motorola Codex, a supplier of communications
equipment. Mr. Ahmed
 
                                       37

<PAGE>
holds a B.S. and M.S. in engineering from Carleton University and a Ph.D. in
engineering from Stanford University.
 
    MICHAEL G. HLUCHYJ is one of our founders and has been our Chief Technology
Officer and Vice President since November 1997. He also has been our Secretary
since our inception, our President from August 1997 to November 1997, our
Treasurer from inception until March 2000 and a Director from our inception
until November 1998. From July 1994 until July 1997, he was Vice President and
Chief Technology Officer at Summa Four, Inc., a supplier of switches for carrier
networks. Previously, he was Director of Networking Research at Motorola Codex
and on the technical staff at AT&T Bell Laboratories. Mr. Hluchyj holds a B.S.
degree in engineering from the University of Massachusetts, and M.S. and Ph.D.
degrees in engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 
    JEFFREY MAYERSOHN has been our Vice President of Customer Support and
Professional Services since July 1999. From March 1998 until July 1999, he was
our Vice President of Carrier Relations. From June 1997 to March 1998,
Mr. Mayersohn was a Senior Vice President at GTE Internetworking, an Internet
service provider. From January 1995 to June 1997, he was with BBN Corporation,
formerly Bolt, Beranek and Newman, Inc., and was a Vice President at the BBN
Planet division, an Internet service provider. From 1978 to January 1995, he
held a number of positions at Bolt, Beranek and Newman Communications
Corporation, including Senior Vice President of Engineering, Senior Vice
President responsible for U.S. Government Networks and Vice President of
Professional Services. Mr. Mayersohn holds an A.B. in physics from Harvard
College and a M.Phil. in physics from Yale University.
 
    STEPHEN J. NILL has been our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of
Finance and Administration since September 1999 and our Treasurer since
March 2000. From June 1994 until August 1999, he was Vice President of Finance
and Chief Financial Officer of VideoServer, Inc., now
Ezenia!, Inc.  Previously, he served at Lotus Development Corporation, a
software supplier, as Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Prior
to that, Mr. Nill held various financial positions with Computervision, Inc., a
supplier of workstation-based software, International Business Machines
Corporation and Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Nill has a B.A. in accounting from New
Mexico State University and a M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
    GARY A. ROGERS has been our Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing
since March 1999. From February 1997 to March 1999, Mr. Rogers was Senior Vice
President of Worldwide Sales and Operations at Security Dynamics, Inc., now RSA
Security, Inc., a supplier of network security products. Previously, he served
at Bay Networks, Inc., a provider of Internetworking communications products, as
Vice President of International Sales from July 1996 to February 1997 and as
Vice President of Europe, Middle East and Africa from 1994 until July 1996.
Prior to that, he held sales and marketing positions with International Business
Machines Corporation. Mr. Rogers holds a B.S. degree in mathematics from
Dartmouth College and a M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.
 
    FRANK T. WINIARSKI has been our Vice President of Manufacturing since
July 1998. From June 1997 until June 1998, he was Vice President of
Manufacturing at Net2Net, Inc., a supplier of network analyzers. From June 1992
until June 1997, he was Vice President of Manufacturing at VideoServer, Inc.,
now Ezenia!, Inc.  Previously, Mr. Winiarski was Vice President of Manufacturing
at Synernetics, a supplier of local area networks, Vice President of Operations
at Ashton-Tate Corporation, a software supplier, and held various positions with
Digital Equipment Corporation, a computer equipment manufacturer. He holds a
B.S. in engineering from the University of Idaho and a M.B.A. from Boston
University.
 
    KWOK P. WONG is one of our founders and has been our Vice President of
Engineering since November 1997. From 1991 to November 1997, he was director of
software development at
 
                                       38

<PAGE>
VideoServer, Inc., now Ezenia!, Inc.  Previously, Mr. Wong was Manager of
Systems Networks Architecture at Bolt, Beranek and Newman Communications
Corporation and was a software engineer at Davox Corporation. Mr. Wong has a
B.S. in engineering and a M.S. in computer science from Northeastern University.
 
    EDWARD T. ANDERSON has been a Director since November 1997. Mr. Anderson has
been managing general partner of North Bridge Venture Partners, a venture
capital firm, since 1994. Previously, he was a general partner for ABS Ventures,
the venture capital affiliate of Alex Brown & Sons. He also serves on the board
of directors of Arrowpoint Communications, Inc.  He has a M.F.A. from the
University of Denver and a M.B.A. from Columbia University.
 
    PAUL J. FERRI has been a Director since November 1997. Mr. Ferri has been a
general partner of Matrix Partners, a venture capital firm, since 1982. He also
serves on the board of directors of Applix, Inc., Arrowpoint Communications,
Inc. and Sycamore Networks, Inc.  Mr. Ferri has a B.S. in engineering from
Cornell University, a M.S. in engineering from Polytechnic Institute of New York
and a M.B.A. from Columbia University.
 
    PAUL J. SEVERINO has been a Director since March 1999. Mr. Severino is a
private investor. He has been Chairman of NetCentric Corporation, a provider of
Internet telephony applications since January 1998 and was Acting Chief
Executive Officer from January 1998 to March 1999. From November 1996 until
January 1998, Mr. Severino was a private investor. From 1994 to October 1996, he
was Chairman of Bay Networks, Inc. after its formation from the merger of
Wellfleet Communications, Inc. and Synoptics Communications, Inc.  Prior to
that, he was a founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Wellfleet
Communications, Inc.  He also serves on the board of directors of
Interspeed, Inc., MCK Communications, Inc., Media 100, Inc., and Silverstream
Software, Inc.  Mr. Severino has a B.S. in engineering from Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute.
 
    Each executive officer serves at the discretion of the board of directors
and holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until
his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships
among any of our directors or executive officers. Each of the directors serves
on the board of directors pursuant to the terms of an agreement that will
terminate upon the closing of this offering.
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Following this offering, the board of directors will be divided into three
classes, with members of each class serving for a staggered three-year term.
Messrs. Ferri and Gruber will serve in the class whose term expires in 2001;
Messrs. Ahmed and Severino will serve in the class whose term expires in 2002;
and Mr. Anderson will serve in the class whose term expires in 2003. Upon the
expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be
elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year
in which their term expires.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    We reimburse directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
attending meetings of the board of directors. See "Certain Transactions--Common
Stock and Option Issuances" and "Management--Benefit Plans; 1997 Stock Incentive
Plan."
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
    The board of directors has established a compensation committee and an audit
committee. The compensation committee, which consists of Messrs. Ferri and
Severino, reviews executive salaries, administers bonuses, incentive
compensation and stock plans, and approves the salaries
 
                                       39

<PAGE>
and other benefits of our executive officers. In addition, the compensation
committee consults with our management regarding our benefit plans and
compensation policies and practices.
 
    The audit committee, which consists of Messrs. Anderson, Ferri and Severino,
reviews the professional services provided by our independent accountants, the
independence of our accountants from our management, our annual financial
statements and our system of internal accounting controls. The audit committee
also reviews other matters with respect to our accounting, auditing and
financial reporting practices and procedures as it may find appropriate or may
be brought to its attention.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Prior to the appointment of the compensation committee, our full board of
directors, which includes Messrs. Gruber and Ahmed, was responsible for the
functions of a compensation committee. Messrs. Gruber and Ahmed did not
participate in deliberations regarding their own compensation. No interlocking
relationship exists between any member of our board of directors or our
compensation committee and any member of the board of directors or compensation
committee of any other company, and none of these interlocking relationships
have existed in the past.
 
    Messrs. Ferri and Severino are the members of our compensation committee.
Neither Mr. Ferri nor Mr. Severino is an executive officer of Sonus, nor has
either received any compensation from us within the last three years other than
in his capacity as a director.
 
    Since November 1997, we have issued and sold shares of Series A, Series B,
Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock. Matrix Partners
and affiliated entities hold 2,100,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock,
600,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock and 230,266 shares of our
Series C preferred stock. Mr. Ferri is a general partner of Matrix Partners V
Management Co., L.L.C., the general partner of the Matrix Partners entities that
hold the preferred stock. Mr. Severino also purchased 50,000 shares of Series B
preferred stock and 4,264 shares of Series C preferred stock. In addition, we
sold 87,500 shares of common stock to Mr. Severino in April 1999. In March 2000,
both Messrs. Ferri and Severino each purchased 10,000 shares of common stock
under our 1997 Stock Incentive Plan. See "Certain Transactions."
 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth, for the year ended December 31, 1999, the
compensation earned by:
 
    - our Chairman of the Board of Directors;
 
    - our Chief Executive Officer; and
 
    - the other three most highly compensated executive officers who received
      annual compensation in excess of $100,000.
 
                                       40

<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          LONG-TERM
                                                     ANNUAL                          COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                  COMPENSATION                       --------------------
                                              --------------------     ALL OTHER       RESTRICTED STOCK
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                    SALARY      BONUS     COMPENSATION         AWARDS (3)
---------------------------                   ---------   --------   -------------   --------------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>
Rubin Gruber
  Chairman of the Board of Directors........  $150,000    $    --       $    --              $ --
Hassan M. Ahmed
  President and Chief Executive Officer.....   186,417     75,000            --                --
Michael G. Hluchyj
  Chief Technology Officer,
  Vice President and Secretary..............   150,000         --            --                --
Jeffrey Mayersohn
  Vice President of Customer Support and
  Professional Services.....................   150,000         --            --                --
Gary A. Rogers
  Vice President of Worldwide Sales and
  Marketing.................................   111,371(1)      --        99,107(2)              0(4)
</TABLE>

 
------------------------
 
(1) Represents the total amount of compensation Mr. Rogers received in fiscal
    1999 for the portion of the year during which he was one of our executive
    officers. Mr. Rogers joined us in March 1999.
 
(2) Represents commission income.
 
(3) On December 31, 1999, the remaining number of shares of restricted common
    stock held by the above executive officers that had not vested and the value
    of this stock as of December 31, 1999, was as follows: Mr. Gruber: 908,124
    shares, $18,158,848; Mr. Ahmed: 2,031,805 shares, $40,432,920; Mr. Hluchyj:
    1,084,219 shares, $21,683,930; Mr. Mayersohn: 487,499 shares, $9,740,230;
    and Mr. Rogers: 625,000 shares, $12,375,000. The value is based on the
    mid-point of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the
    cover page of this prospectus less the purchase price paid. The holders of
    these shares of restricted common stock will be entitled to receive any
    dividends we pay on our common stock.
 
(4) In April 1999, we sold 625,000 shares of restricted common stock to
    Mr. Rogers, subject to our right to repurchase at $0.20 per share, the then
    current fair market value of the common stock as determined by our board of
    directors. Our repurchase right lapses 20% one year from the date
    Mr. Rogers commenced employment and thereafter lapses an additional 1.6667%
    of the shares for each month of employment. There was no public trading
    market for the common stock in April 1999. Our board of directors determined
    the market value of the common stock based on various factors including the
    illiquid nature of an investment in our common stock, our historical
    performance, the preferences, including liquidation and redemption of our
    outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, our future prospects and
    the price for securities sold in arms' length issuances to third parties.
 
BENEFIT PLANS
 
1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    In November 1997, our board of directors approved our 1997 Stock Incentive
Plan, which was amended in November 1998, October 1999 and March 2000. The
initial adoption of the plan and each of its amendments were subsequently
approved by our stockholders. Our 1997 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the
grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options,
 
                                       41

<PAGE>
restricted common stock awards and common stock grants to our employees,
directors and consultants.
 
   
    In March 2000, our stockholders approved an amendment to increase the
maximum number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 1997
plan to 27,000,000. This maximum number of shares will increase, effective as of
January 1, 2001 and each January 1 thereafter during the term of the plan, by an
additional number of shares of common stock in an amount equal to the lesser of
(1) 5% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding as
of the close of business on December 31 of the preceding year or (2) a number of
shares determined by our board of directors. However, no more than an aggregate
of 27,000,000 shares will be available for incentive stock options during the
life of the 1997 plan. As of May 15, 2000, we had granted options for the
purchase of 3,641,160 shares of common stock and issued 14,500,968 shares of
restricted common stock, and had 8,549,679 shares remaining available for future
grant under the 1997 plan.
    
 
    Our board of directors has authorized the compensation committee to
administer our 1997 plan, including the granting of options and restricted
common stock to our executive officers. Subject to any applicable limitations
contained in our 1997 plan, our board of directors, our compensation committee
or executive officers to whom our board of directors delegates authority, as the
case may be, selects the recipients of awards and determines:
 
    - the number of shares of common stock covered by options and the dates upon
      which any option grants vest and become exercisable;
 
    - the exercise price of options;
 
    - the duration of options; and
 
    - the number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted stock or
      other stock awards and the terms and conditions of these awards, including
      the conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price.
 
    Generally, options and restricted common stock under the 1997 plan vest over
four to five year periods from the date of grant. In the event of a merger,
consolidation or other acquisition event resulting in a change in control of
Sonus, outstanding options and restricted common stock will accelerate in
vesting by 12 months. Our board of directors may in its discretion accelerate
the vesting of any options or restricted grant at any time. The vesting of
restricted common stock granted to some of our executive officers will fully
accelerate upon a change in control. Upon a change in control, the acquiring or
successor corporation may assume or make substitutions for options or restricted
common stock outstanding under our 1997 plan.
 
    The board of directors may amend, modify, suspend or terminate our 1997 plan
at any time, subject to applicable law and the rights of holders of outstanding
options and restricted common stock awards. Our 1997 plan will terminate in
November 2007, unless the board of directors terminates it prior to that time.
 
2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    Our 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by our board of directors
in March 2000, and our stockholders approved the purchase plan in May 2000. The
purchase plan authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 1,200,000 shares of
our common stock to participating employees. This number of shares will
increase, effective as of January 1, 2001 and each January 1 thereafter during
the term of the plan, by an additional number of shares of common stock in an
amount equal to the lesser of (1) 2% of the total number of shares of common
stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on December 31 of the
preceding year or (2) a number of
 
                                       42

<PAGE>
shares determined by our board of directors. However, no more than an aggregate
of 25,000,000 shares will be available for the grant of options during the life
of the plan. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the purchase
plan shall terminate in May 2020.
 
    The employee stock purchase plan, which is intended to qualify under
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, will be implemented by a series of
overlapping 24-month offering periods. New offering periods, other than the
first offering period, are expected to commence on February 1 and August 1 of
each year. Each offering period will generally consist of four consecutive
six-month purchase periods, and at the end of each six-month period an automatic
purchase will be made for participants. The initial offering and initial
purchase periods are expected to commence on the date of this offering. The 2000
employee stock purchase plan will be administered by the board of directors or
by a committee appointed by the board. Employees of ours, or of any
majority-owned subsidiary designated by the board, are eligible to participate
if we or any subsidiary employs them for at least 20 hours per week and more
than five months per year. Eligible employees may purchase common stock through
payroll deductions, which in any event may not exceed 20% of an employee's
compensation, at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the fair market value of
the common stock at the beginning of each offering period or at the end of each
purchase period. Employees may end their participation in the 2000 employee
stock purchase plan at any time during an offering period and participation ends
automatically on termination of employment.
 
    Under the 2000 employee stock purchase plan, no employee shall be granted an
option under the plan if immediately after the grant the employee would own
stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock equaling 5% or more of
the total voting power or value of all classes of our stock. In addition, no
employee shall be granted an option under the 2000 employee stock purchase plan
if the option would permit the employee to purchase stock under all of our
employee stock purchase plans in an amount that exceeds $25,000 of fair market
value for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding at any time. In
addition, no employee may purchase more than 2,500 shares of common stock under
the 2000 employee stock purchase plan in any one purchase period. If the fair
market value of the common stock on a purchase date other than the final
purchase date of an offering is less than the fair market value at the beginning
of the offering period, each participant shall automatically be withdrawn from
the offering period as of the purchase date and re-enrolled in a new 24 month
offering period beginning on the first business day following the purchase date.
 
    In the event of a merger, consolidation or other acquisition event resulting
in any change of control of Sonus, each right to purchase stock under the 2000
employee stock purchase plan will be assumed or an equivalent right will be
substituted by the successor corporation. Our board of directors will shorten
any ongoing offering period, however, so that employees' rights to purchase
stock under the 2000 employee stock purchase plan are exercised prior to the
transaction in the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume each
purchase right or to substitute an equivalent right. The board of directors has
the power to amend or terminate the 2000 employee stock purchase plan and to
change or terminate offering periods as long as any action does not adversely
affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock. Our board of directors may
amend or terminate the 2000 employee stock purchase plan or an offering period
even if it would adversely affect outstanding options in order to avoid us
incurring adverse accounting charges. We have not issued any shares under the
2000 employee stock purchase plan to date.
 
401(K) PLAN
 
   
    On February 27, 1998, we adopted an employee savings and retirement plan,
qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, covering all of our
employees. Pursuant to the 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their
current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have
the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We may make matching
or additional contributions to the 401(k) plan in amounts to be determined
annually by our board of directors. We have made no contributions to the 401(k)
plan to date.
    
 
                                       43

<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
PREFERRED STOCK ISSUANCES
 
    Since November 1997, we have issued and sold shares of Series A, Series B
and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock to the following persons and
entities who are our executive officers, directors or 5% or greater
stockholders. Upon the closing of this offering, each share of Series A,
Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically
convert into 2.5 shares of common stock. For more detail on shares to be held by
these purchasers after conversion, see "Principal Stockholders."
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SERIES A          SERIES B          SERIES C
INVESTOR                                          PREFERRED STOCK   PREFERRED STOCK   PREFERRED STOCK
--------                                          ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                               <C>               <C>               <C>
Matrix Partners and affiliated entities (1).....     2,100,000           600,000          230,266
North Bridge Venture Partners and affiliated
  entities (2)..................................     2,100,000           600,000          230,266
Charles River Ventures and affiliated
  entities......................................     2,100,000           600,000          230,265
Bedrock Capital Partners and affiliated
  entities......................................       275,000         1,180,000          124,088
Paul J. Severino................................            --            50,000            4,264
Rubin Gruber....................................        25,000                --               --
Kwok P. Wong....................................        25,000                --               --
Michael G. Hluchyj..............................        20,000                --               --
Frank T. Winiarski..............................            --            10,000              853
</TABLE>

 
------------------------
 
(1) Composed of Matrix Partners V, L.P. and Matrix V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.
    with the general partner being Matrix V Management Co., L.L.C.  Paul J.
    Ferri, one of our directors, is a general partner of Matrix V Management
    Co., L.L.C.
 
(2) Composed of North Bridge Venture Partners II, L.P. and North Bridge Venture
    Partners III, L.P. with the general partners being North Bridge Venture
    Management II, L.P. and North Bridge Venture Management III, L.P.  Edward T.
    Anderson, one of our directors, is a general partner of North Bridge Venture
    Management II and III, L.P.
 
    SERIES A FINANCING.  In November 1997 and July 1998, we issued an aggregate
of 7,180,000 shares of Series A preferred stock to investors, including Rubin
Gruber, Kwok P. Wong, Michael G. Hluchyj, and entities affiliated with Matrix
Partners, North Bridge Venture Partners, Charles River Ventures and Bedrock
Capital Partners. The per share purchase price for our Series A preferred stock
was $1.00.
 
    SERIES B FINANCING.  In September and December 1998, and May 1999, we issued
an aggregate of 3,204,287 shares of Series B preferred stock to investors,
including Paul J. Severino, Frank T. Winiarski, and entities affiliated with
Matrix Partners, North Bridge Venture Partners, Charles River Ventures and
Bedrock Capital Partners. The per share purchase price for our Series B
preferred stock was $5.00.
 
    SERIES C FINANCING.  In September, November and December 1999, we issued an
aggregate of 1,939,681 shares of Series C preferred stock to investors,
including Paul J. Severino, Frank T. Winiarski, and entities affiliated with
Matrix Partners, North Bridge Venture Partners, Charles River Ventures and
Bedrock Capital Partners. The per share purchase price for our Series C
preferred stock was $11.81.
 
    SERIES D FINANCING.  In March 2000, we issued an aggregate of 1,509,154
shares of Series D preferred stock to investors, which did not include any
officer, director or 5% or greater stockholder of Sonus. Upon the closing of
this offering, each share of Series D preferred stock will automatically
 
                                       44

<PAGE>
convert into one share of common stock. The per share purchase price for our
Series D preferred stock was $16.40.
 
COMMON STOCK AND OPTION ISSUANCES
 
    The following table presents information regarding our issuances of common
stock to some of our executive officers. We issued the shares of common stock
set forth below in the table pursuant to stock restriction agreements with each
of the executive officers that give us rights to repurchase all or a portion of
the shares at their original purchase price in the event the officer ceases to
be our employee. Some of these stock restriction agreements prohibit us from
repurchasing some or all of the shares following a change in control of Sonus.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NUMBER OF
                                                     DATE OF    RESTRICTED SHARES     AGGREGATE
NAME                                                 ISSUANCE       PURCHASED       PURCHASE PRICE
----                                                 --------   -----------------   --------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>                 <C>
Rubin Gruber.......................................  11/10/97       3,212,499          $ 12,850
Hassan M. Ahmed....................................   11/4/98       3,212,499           321,250
Michael G. Hluchyj.................................   8/26/97       2,409,375             1,000
Jeffrey Mayersohn..................................   4/14/98         749,999            15,000
Gary A. Rogers.....................................   4/30/99         625,000           125,000
Stephen J. Nill....................................    9/1/99         562,500           112,500
</TABLE>

 
    Other executive officers have purchased shares of common stock pursuant to
similar stock restriction agreements for aggregate purchase prices that did not
exceed $60,000 for any one executive officer. The repurchase right generally
lapses as to 20% of the shares approximately one year from the hire date of the
executive officer and thereafter lapses as to an additional 1.6667% of the
shares for each month of employment completed by the executive officer.
 
    In April 1999, we issued 87,500 shares of common stock for $17,500 to Paul
J. Severino, one of our directors. See "Certain Transactions-Preferred Stock
Issuances" for additional issuances of stock to Mr. Severino.
 
    In March 2000, we granted options to purchase shares of our common stock or
the right to purchase restricted common stock to our executive officers and
non-employee directors, under our 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, each at a price of
$10.00 per share, as listed below:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER         NUMBER OF
                                                              OF OPTIONS   RESTRICTED SHARES
NAME                                                           GRANTED         PURCHASED
----                                                          ----------   -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Rubin Gruber................................................   296,000           25,000
Hassan M. Ahmed.............................................   271,000           50,000
Michael G. Hluchyj..........................................   241,000               --
Kwok P. Wong................................................    98,000           50,000
Jeffrey Mayersohn...........................................    56,250           18,750
Gary A. Rogers..............................................    13,000           50,000
Stephen J. Nill.............................................    46,000           10,000
Frank T. Winiarski..........................................        --           25,000
Edward T. Andersen..........................................        --           10,000
Paul J. Ferri...............................................        --           10,000
Paul J. Severino............................................        --           10,000
</TABLE>

 
    These options vest, and the restrictions on the common stock lapse, over a
four year period with 25% of the aggregate number of options and restricted
shares vesting, or being released from
 
                                       45

<PAGE>
restrictions, on March 9, 2001 and monthly thereafter at the rate of 2.0833% for
each month of employment or service completed by the executive officer or
non-employee director.
 
   
    Kwok P. Wong, our Vice President of Engineering, and members of his
immediate family may acquire up to 8,000 shares of our common stock through
participation in our directed share program.
    
 
AGREEMENTS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    On November 4, 1998, in connection with the issuance of restricted common
stock, we loaned $257,000 to Hassan M. Ahmed, our President and Chief Executive
Officer. The loan is secured by 2,570,000 shares of our restricted common stock
and bears interest at 8% per year. The loan is due upon the earlier of
November 4, 2003 or 180 days after his shares are eligible for public sale. As
of April 10, 2000, the aggregate amount of principal and interest outstanding
under Mr. Ahmed's loan was approximately $265,000, and the largest amount
outstanding to date was approximately $279,000.
 
    The Company has agreed to pay Mr. Ahmed a $275,000 bonus upon the closing of
this offering or upon a merger, consolidation or other acquisition event
resulting in any change of control of Sonus for a minimum purchase price of
$100 million.
 
    On September 1, 1999, in connection with the issuance of restricted common
stock, we loaned $110,250 to Stephen J. Nill, our Chief Financial Officer, Vice
President of Finance and Administration and Treasurer. The loan is secured by
562,500 shares of his common stock and is a full recourse note, which bears
interest at 8% per year. The loan is due upon the earlier of September 1, 2004
or 180 days after his shares are eligible for public sale. As of April 10, 2000,
the aggregate amount of principal and interest outstanding under Mr. Nill's loan
was approximately $115,000, which is also the largest amount outstanding to
date.
 
    We believe that all of the transactions set forth above were made on terms
no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third
parties. All future transactions, including loans between us and our officers,
directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will be approved by a
majority of the board of directors, including a majority of the independent and
disinterested directors on the board of directors, and will be on terms no less
favorable to us than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       46

<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of
our common stock as of May 15, 2000 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our
common stock offered in this prospectus by:
    
 
    - each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares
      of our common stock;
 
    - each of our executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table;
 
    - each of our directors; and
 
    - all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
 
    Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and includes voting and investment power
with respect to shares. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all
persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to
their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by
spouses under applicable law.
 
   
    The number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding prior to this
offering includes 55,420,966 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 15,
2000, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible
preferred stock into common stock. The number of shares of common stock deemed
outstanding after this offering includes the 5,000,000 shares that are being
offered for sale by us in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated below, the
address of each listed stockholder is care of Sonus Networks, Inc., 5 Carlisle
Road, Westford, Massachusetts 01886.
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERCENTAGE OF
                                                            NUMBER OF          COMMON STOCK
                                                              SHARES      ----------------------
                                                           BENEFICIALLY    BEFORE        AFTER
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                      OWNED       OFFERING      OFFERING
------------------------                                   ------------   --------      --------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>
Paul J. Ferri (1)........................................    7,335,664      13.2%         12.1%
Matrix Partners and affiliated entities (2)..............    7,325,664      13.2          12.1
Edward T. Anderson (3)...................................    7,335,664      13.2          12.1
North Bridge Venture Partners and affiliated entities
  (4)....................................................    7,325,664      13.2          12.1
Charles River Ventures and affiliated entities (5).......    7,325,661      13.2          12.1
Bedrock Capital Partners and affiliated entities (6).....    3,947,718       7.1           6.5
Hassan M. Ahmed (7)......................................    3,227,999       5.8           5.3
Michael G. Hluchyj (8)...................................    2,317,375       4.2           3.8
Rubin Gruber (9).........................................    1,339,916       2.4           2.2
Jeffrey Mayersohn (10)...................................      697,999       1.3           1.2
Gary A. Rogers (11)......................................      667,000       1.2           1.1
Paul J. Severino (12)....................................      163,160         *             *
All executive officers and directors
  as a group (11 persons)(13)............................   25,499,015      46.0          42.2
</TABLE>

    
 
------------------------
 
*   Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock.
 
   
(1) Composed of 6,593,097 shares held by Matrix Partners V, L.P., 732,567 shares
    held by Matrix V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. and includes 10,000 shares which
    are subject to our right to repurchase at cost if Mr. Ferri ceases to serve
    as one of our directors. Matrix V Management Co., L.L.C. is the general
    partner of the aforementioned entities. Paul J. Ferri is a director of Sonus
    and is a general partner of Matrix V Management Co., L.L.C.  Mr. Ferri
    disclaims
    
 
                                       47

<PAGE>
   
    beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities except to the
    extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Ferri, by virtue
    of his management position in the Matrix entities, has sole voting and
    dispositive power with respect to the shares owned by Matrix Partners V,
    L.P. and Matrix V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. The address of Mr. Ferri is in
    care of Matrix V Management Co., L.L.C., 1000 Winter Street, Suite 4500,
    Waltham, MA 02451.
    
 
   
(2) Composed of 6,593,097 shares held by Matrix Partners V, L.P. and 732,567
    shares held by Matrix V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. Matrix V Management Co.,
    L.L.C. is the general partner of the aforementioned entities. Mr. Ferri, by
    virtue of his management position in the Matrix entities, has sole voting
    and dispositive power with respect to the shares owned by Matrix Partners V,
    L.P. and Matrix V Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. The address of Matrix Partners
    and its affiliated entities is in care of Matrix V Management Co., L.L.C.,
    1000 Winter Street, Suite 4500, Waltham, MA 02451.
    
 
(3) Composed of 6,300,017 shares held by North Bridge Venture Partners II, L.P.,
    1,025,647 shares held by North Bridge Venture Partners III, L.P. and
    includes 10,000 shares which are subject to our right to repurchase at cost
    if Mr. Andersen ceases to serve as one of our directors. The general partner
    for North Bridge Venture Partners II, L.P. is North Bridge Venture
    Management II, L.P., and for North Bridge Venture Partners III, L.P. is
    North Bridge Venture Management III, L.P. Edward T. Anderson is a director
    of Sonus, and is a general partner of both North Bridge Venture Management
    II and III, L.P.  Mr. Anderson disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
    held by these entities except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary
    interest therein. Edward T. Andersen, William J. Geary, Richard D'Amore and
    Jeffrey P. McCarthy, by virtue of their management position in the North
    Bridge entities, each have voting and dispositive power with respect to the
    shares owned by North Bridge Venture Partners II, L.P. and North Bridge
    Venture Partners III, L.P. The address of Mr. Anderson is in care of North
    Bridge Venture Management II and III, L.P., 950 Winter Street, Suite 4600,
    Waltham, MA 02451.
 
(4) Composed of 6,300,017 shares held by North Bridge Venture Partners II, L.P.
    and 1,025,647 shares held by North Bridge Venture Partners III, L.P. The
    general partner for North Bridge Venture Partners II, L.P is North Bridge
    Venture Management II, L.P., and for North Bridge Venture Partners III, L.P.
    is North Bridge Venture Management III, L.P.  Edward T. Andersen,
    William J. Geary, Richard D'Amore and Jeffrey P. McCarthy, by virtue of
    their management position in the North Bridge entities, each have voting and
    dispositive power with respect to the shares owned by North Bridge Venture
    Partners II, L.P. and North Bridge Venture Partners III, L.P. The address of
    North Bridge Venture Partners and its affiliated entities is in care of
    North Bridge Venture Management II and III, L.P., 950 Winter Street, Suite
    4600, Waltham, MA 02451.
 
(5) Composed of 7,193,032 shares held by Charles River Partnership VIII, L.P.
    and 132,629 shares held by Charles River VIII-A LLC. Charles River
    Partnership VIII GP Limited Partnership is the general partner of the
    Charles River Partnership VIII, L.P. and Charles River Friends VIII, Inc. is
    the manager of Charles River VIII-A LLC. Richard M. Burnes, Jr., Michael J.
    Zak and Ted R. Dintersmith, by virtue of their management position in the
    Charles River entities, each have voting and dispositive power with respect
    to the shares owned by Charles River Partnership VIII, L.P. and Charles
    River VIII-A LLC. The address of Charles River Ventures and its affiliated
    entities is in care of Charles River VIII GP Limited Partnership, 1000
    Winter Street, Suite 3300, Waltham, MA 02154.
 
(6) Composed of 3,657,832 shares held by Bedrock Capital Partners I, L.P.,
    127,464 shares held by VBW Employee Bedrock Fund, and 162,422 shares held by
    Credit Suisse First Boston Bedrock Fund, L.P.  Bedrock General Partner I,
    LLC is the general partner for these entities. James McLean, David Duval,
    Paul Brown and Jason Rosenbluth, by virtue of their management position in
    the Bedrock entities, each have voting and dispositive power with respect to
    the
 
                                       48

<PAGE>
    shares owned by Bedrock Capital Partners I, L.P., Credit Suisse First Boston
    Bedrock Fund, L.P. and VBW Employee Bedrock Fund. The address of Bedrock
    Capital Partners and its affiliated entities is in care of Bedrock General
    Partner, I, L.L.C., One Boston Place, Suite 3310, Boston, MA 02108.
 
   
(7) Includes 2,570,000 shares subject to a stock pledge agreement in favor of
    Sonus. Includes 2,264,249 shares that are subject to our right to repurchase
    at cost if Mr. Ahmed ceases to be employed by us. Includes 402,000 shares
    held by the Hassan and Aliya Family Trust and by his minor children, and
    566,666 shares held by the 1999 Hassan M. Ahmed Generation Skipping Family
    Trust on behalf of his family. Mr. Ahmed disclaims beneficial ownership of
    the shares held by these trusts.
    
 
   
(8) Includes 874,207 shares that are subject to our right to repurchase at cost
    if Mr. Hluchyj ceases to be employed by us. Includes an aggregate of 705,000
    shares held by the Michael G. and Theresa M. Hluchyj Family Trust and by his
    minor children. Mr. Hluchyj disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
    held by the Michael G. and Theresa M. Hluchyj Family Trust and his minor
    children.
    
 
   
(9) Includes 737,539 shares that are subject to our right to repurchase at cost
    if Mr. Gruber ceases to be employed by us.
    
 
   
(10) Includes 435,576 shares that are subject to our right to repurchase at cost
    if Mr. Mayersohn ceases to be employed by us. Includes 181,817 shares held
    by the Mayersohn Seamonson Family Irrevocable Trust-1999 on behalf of his
    minor children. Mr. Mayersohn disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
    held by the Mayersohn Seamonson Family Irrevocable Trust-1999.
    
 
   
(11) Includes 521,167 shares that are subject to our right to repurchase at cost
    if Mr. Rogers ceases to be employed by us. Includes 300,000 shares held by
    the Gary A. Rogers GRAT, and 4,000 shares held in trust for his minor
    children. Mr. Rogers disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
    the Gary A. Rogers GRAT and trusts for his minor children.
    
 
(12) Includes 10,000 shares that are subject to our right to repurchase at cost
    if Mr. Severino ceases to serve as one of our directors. Includes 17,000
    shares for the benefit of Mr. Severino's minor child under the Massachusetts
    Uniform Transfer to Minors Act.
 
   
(13) Includes 6,162,331 shares which are subject to our right to repurchase at
    cost if our executive officers cease to be employed by us or our directors
    cease to serve as directors. Includes 8,000 shares that an executive officer
    may acquire ownership of under our directed share program.
    
 
                                       49

<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
   
    After this offering, we will be authorized to issue 300,000,000 shares of
common stock, $0.001 par value, per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated
preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of May 15, 2000, there were
55,420,966 shares of common stock outstanding held by 746 stockholders of
record, assuming conversion of all shares of the redeemable convertible
preferred stock into common stock. Based on the number of shares outstanding as
of that date and giving effect to the issuance of the 5,000,000 shares of common
stock offered by us in this offering, there will be 60,420,966 shares of common
stock outstanding upon the closing of the offering.
    
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on
all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders and do not have cumulative
voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect
all of the directors then standing for election. Holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared by the board of
directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend
rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or
winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net
assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and
subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of
common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.
The outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this
offering will be upon receipt of payment for these shares, fully paid and
non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common
stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of
shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the
future without further stockholder approval. Upon the closing of this offering,
there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized
without further stockholder approval to issue from time to time up to an
aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The
board of directors has discretion to fix or alter the designations, preferences,
rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each
series, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting
rights, term of redemption including sinking fund provisions, redemption price
or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any
series or designations of any series without further vote or action by the
stockholders.
 
    The purpose of authorizing the board of directors to issue preferred stock
and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with
a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while
providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and
other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our
outstanding voting stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS; ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
 
    We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation
Law of Delaware. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware
corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the
 
                                       50

<PAGE>
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business
combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a
financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to some exceptions, an
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock.
 
    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and
restated by-laws to be effective on the closing of this offering provide:
 
    - that the board of directors be divided into three classes, as nearly equal
      in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms;
 
    - that directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of
      the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of our capital stock
      entitled to vote; and
 
    - that any vacancy on the board of directors, however occurring, including a
      vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by
      vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
 
    The classification of the board of directors and the limitations on the
removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it
more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party
from acquiring, Sonus.
 
    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and
restated by-laws also provide that, after the closing of this offering:
 
    - any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders at an
      annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it
      is properly brought before the meeting and may not be taken by written
      action in lieu of a meeting; and
 
    - special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the chairman of
      the board of directors, the president or by the board of directors.
 
    Our amended and restated by-laws provide that, in order for any matter to be
considered "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with
requirements regarding advance notice to us. These provisions could delay until
the next stockholders' meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the
holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions may
also discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer for our
common stock, because the person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of
our outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a
stockholder, such as electing new directors or approving a merger, only at a
duly called stockholders meeting, and not by written consent.
 
    Delaware's corporation law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a
corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless a corporation's
certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be, requires a greater
percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of our capital
stock entitled to vote to amend or repeal any of the provisions of our amended
and restated certificate of incorporation described in the preceding paragraphs.
Generally, our amended and restated by-laws may be amended or repealed by a
majority vote of the board of directors or the holders of a majority of the
shares of our capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. To
amend our amended and restated by-laws regarding special meetings of
stockholders, written actions of stockholders in lieu of a meeting and the
election, removal and classification of members of the board of directors
requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares
of our capital stock entitled to vote. The stockholder vote would be in addition
to any separate class vote
 
                                       51

<PAGE>
that might in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any series of
preferred stock that might be outstanding at the time any of these amendments
are submitted to stockholders.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our
directors and officers shall be indemnified by us to the fullest extent
authorized by Delaware law. This indemnification would cover all expenses and
liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their services for or on
behalf of us. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages
to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated
their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly
or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions
or derived an improper personal benefit from their action as directors.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    After this offering, the holders of approximately 32,319,074 shares of
common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of
these shares under the Securities Act. Set forth below is a summary of the
registration rights of the holders of our Series A preferred stock, Series B
preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series D preferred stock, each of
which will convert into common stock upon the closing of this offering.
 
    DEMAND REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  At any time after the earlier of November 18,
2000, or the closing of our initial public offering, the holders of 35% or more
of the shares having registration rights may request that we register shares of
common stock. We will be obligated to effect only two registrations pursuant to
a demand request by holders of registrable shares.
 
    We are not obligated to effect a registration 90 days prior to, and
extending up to three months from the effective date of, the anticipated filing
of the most recent company-initiated registration. We are also not required to
effect a stockholder requested registration, if the requested registration of
shares would adversely affect, to our material harm, any other activity in which
we are then engaged. We may only delay stockholder initiated registrations once
every twelve months.
 
    PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Stockholders with registration rights have
unlimited rights to request that shares be included in any company-initiated
registration of common stock other than registrations of shares issued in
connection with employee benefit plans, shares issued in connection with
business combinations subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act, convertible
debt or other specified registrations. If the registration that we initiate
involves an underwriting, however, we will not be obligated to register any
shares unless the holders agree to the terms of the underwriting agreement. It
may also be necessary, at the discretion of the lead underwriter, to limit the
number of selling stockholders in the offering, as a result of which
stockholders may only be able to register a pro rata number of registrable
shares, if any.
 
    FORM S-3 REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Once we have become eligible, under
applicable securities laws, to file a registration statement on Form S-3, which
will not be until at least 12 months after the closing of this offering, one or
more stockholders may request that we file a registration statement on
Form S-3, so long as the shares offered have an aggregate offering price of at
least $1,000,000 based on the public market price at the time of the request. We
will be obligated to effect no more than three registrations pursuant to an S-3
request by holders of registration rights.
 
    FUTURE GRANTS OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Without the consent of current
stockholders owning at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding registrable shares,
we may not grant further registration rights that would be on more favorable
terms than the existing registration rights.
 
                                       52

<PAGE>
    TRANSFERABILITY.  The registration rights are transferable upon transfer of
registrable securities and notice by the holder to us of the transfer, provided
that, in most cases, a specified minimum number of shares, as adjusted for
splits, dividends, recapitalizations and similar events, are transferred and the
transferee or assignee assumes the rights and obligations of the transferor of
the shares.
 
    TERMINATION.  The registration rights will terminate as to any particular
registrable securities on the date on which the shares are sold pursuant to a
registration statement and are no longer subject to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The piggyback registration rights will expire upon the third
anniversary of this offering.
 
   
    WAIVER.  The holders of 32,301,281 shares of common stock entitled to the
registration rights described above have agreed not to exercise these rights for
a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
    
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock will be American Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.
 
LISTING
 
    We have filed an application for our common stock to be quoted on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "SONS".
 
                                       53

<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Upon completion of the offering, we will have 60,420,966 shares of common
stock outstanding, or 61,170,966 shares if the underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full, in each case, assuming no exercise of options after
May 15, 2000. Of this amount, the 5,000,000 shares offered by this prospectus
will be available for immediate sale in the public market as of the date of this
prospectus. The remaining 55,420,966 shares of common stock held by existing
stockholders that will be outstanding after the offering will be "restricted
securities" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may be sold in
the future without registration under the Securities Act subject to compliance
with the provisions of Rule 144, Rule 701 or any other applicable exemption
under the Securities Act.
    
 
   
    Approximately 51,025,000 shares will be available for sale in the public
market 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in some cases to
compliance with applicable stock restriction agreements and the volume and other
limitations of Rule 144. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale--Lock-Up
Agreements."
    
 
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has
beneficially owned shares, including shares attributed to them, for at least one
year is entitled to sell within any three-month period commencing 90 days after
the date of this prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater
of:
 
   
    - 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, which will be equal to
      approximately 604,000 shares immediately after the offering; or
    
 
    - the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
      calendar weeks preceding the sale, subject to the filing of a Form 144
      with respect to the sale.
 
    A person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who is not deemed to have
been an affiliate of Sonus at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding
the sale and who has beneficially owned his or her shares for at least two years
is entitled to sell these shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the
volume limitations described above. Persons deemed to be affiliates must always
sell pursuant to Rule 144, even after the applicable holding periods have been
satisfied.
 
    We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under
Rule 144, since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the
personal circumstances of the sellers and other factors. Any future sale of
substantial amounts of the common stock in the open market may adversely affect
the market price of the common stock we are offering.
 
    We have also agreed not to issue any shares during the 180 days after the
date of this prospectus without the consent of the representatives of the
underwriters, except that we may, without consent, issue or sell shares under
our 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
   
    Any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares pursuant
to a written compensatory plan or other agreement is entitled to rely on the
resale provisions of Rule 701, which permits non-affiliates to sell their
Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the public information, holding
period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144 and permits
affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without having to comply with the
Rule 144 holding period restrictions, in each case commencing 90 days after the
date of this prospectus.
    
 
   
    We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act within 90 days after the completion of the offering to register the shares
of common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under our 1997 Stock
Incentive Plan, thus permitting the resale of these shares by non-affiliates in
the public market without restriction under the Securities Act. As of May 15,
2000,
    
 
                                       54

<PAGE>
   
there were a total of approximately 18,142,128 shares of outstanding common
stock and options to purchase shares of common stock under our 1997 Stock
Incentive Plan.
    
 
    In addition, some of our stockholders have registration rights with respect
to 32,319,074 shares of common stock. Registration of these registrable shares
under the Securities Act would result in those shares becoming freely tradeable
without restriction under the Securities Act. See "Description of Capital
Stock-Registration Rights."
 
LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS
 
   
    Our officers, directors and stockholders holding an aggregate of 55,420,966
shares of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the
representatives of the underwriters or have agreed with Sonus to enter into
lock-up agreements with the representatives. Optionholders having the right to
acquire an aggregate of 3,641,160 shares of our common stock have also entered
into lock-up agreements with the representatives or have agreed with Sonus to
enter into lock-up agreements with the representatives. The lock-up agreements
provide that these persons will not offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any
option to purchase or otherwise dispose of our common stock or any securities
exercisable for, or convertible into, our common stock for a period of 180 days
after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman,
Sachs & Co. The lock-up agreements do not generally restrict the transfer of
shares of our common stock purchased under the directed share program in
connection with this offering or in the open market following the date of this
prospectus.
    
 
   
    However, if the reported last sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq
National Market is greater than twice the initial public offering price per
share for 20 of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day
preceding the 90(th) day after the date of this prospectus, then 15% of the
securities subject to lock-up agreements as of the date of this prospectus will
be released from the transfer restrictions of the lock-up agreements. The
release of these securities will occur on the 90(th) day after the date of this
prospectus.
    
 
    In addition, if the reported last sale price of our common stock on the
Nasdaq National Market is greater than twice the initial public offering price
per share for 20 of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the second trading
day after the date of the public release of our operating results for the
quarter ending September 30, 2000, an additional 25% of the securities subject
to lock-up agreements as of the date of this prospectus will be released from
the transfer restrictions of the lock-up agreements. The release of these
securities will occur on the third trading day after the date of the public
release of our operating results for the quarter ending September 30, 2000.
 

                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    The validity of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed
upon for us by Bingham Dana LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. As of May 15, 2000,
partners at Bingham Dana LLP owned shares of Series A, Series B and Series C
redeemable convertible preferred stock, which will convert into an aggregate of
87,210 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The validity
of the shares of common stock we are offering will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Ropes & Gray, Boston, Massachusetts.
    
 

                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of Sonus Networks, Inc. as of
December 31, 1998 and 1999 and for the period from inception (August 7, 1997)
through December 31, 1997, and for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999
included in this prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have
been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are included in reliance
upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report.
 
                                       55

<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities
Act with respect to the shares to be sold in the offering. This prospectus does
not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For
further information with respect to us and the shares to be sold in the
offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedules attached to the registration statement. Statements contained in this
prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document
referred to are not necessarily complete. As a result of this offering, we will
become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and will file annual, quarterly and current
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission.
 
    You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or
any reports, statements or other information that we file at the Commission's
Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can
request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing
to the Commission. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our Commission
filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the
Commission's Web site at http://WWW.SEC.GOV.
 
                                       56

<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Sonus and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting
agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to the conditions in
the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase
the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman
Brothers Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                                                    SHARES
------------                                                  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co. .......................................
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. ........................
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ................................
Lehman Brothers Inc. .......................................
                                                              -----------
Total.......................................................    5,000,000
                                                              ===========
</TABLE>

 
    If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the
table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 750,000
shares from us to cover these sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days.
If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will
severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in
the table above.
 
    The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and
commissions to be paid to the underwriters by Sonus. These amounts are shown
assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to
purchase 750,000 additional shares.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PAID BY SONUS
                                                 ----------------------------
                                                 NO EXERCISE    FULL EXERCISE
                                                 ------------   -------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>
Per Share......................................   $              $
Total..........................................   $              $
</TABLE>

 
    Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at
the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any
shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these
securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to
other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the
initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial
public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the
other selling terms.
 
    Sonus has agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of its
common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common
stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the
date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written
consent of the representatives. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a
discussion of transfer restrictions.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among Sonus and the
representatives. Among the factors to be
 
                                       57

<PAGE>
considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in
addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance,
estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
    We have applied to have common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "SONS".
 
    In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell
shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short
sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by
short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater
number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing transactions consist of some bids or purchases made for the purpose
of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock
while this offering is in progress.
 
    The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a
particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting
discounts received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares
sold by or for the account of that particular underwriter in stabilizing or
short covering transactions.
 
    These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open
market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the
underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq
National Market, in the over-the-counter market or elsewhere.
 
    The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
    At the request of Sonus, the underwriters are reserving up to
700,000 shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to
some of our directors, officers, employees, customers, other friends and
business associates under a directed share program. The number of shares
available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of
reserved shares sold. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by
the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered
hereby.
 
    A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Web sites
maintained by one or more underwriters or securities dealers. The
representatives of the underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet
distribution will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may
make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition,
shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares
to online brokerage account holders.
 
    Sonus estimates that its share of the total expenses of this offering,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1.25
million.
 
    Sonus has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
                                       58

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants....................   F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.................................   F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.......................   F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred
  Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)..................   F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.......................   F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-7

</TABLE>

 
                                      F-1

<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Sonus Networks, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sonus
Networks, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 1998 and 1999, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible
preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for the period
from inception (August 7, 1997) to December 31, 1997, and for the years ended
December 31, 1998 and 1999. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sonus
Networks, Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the period from inception (August 7, 1997) to
December 31, 1997, and for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
 
                                          Arthur Andersen LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
March 10, 2000

 
                                      F-2

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,                     PRO FORMA
                                                              -------------------   MARCH 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                                1998       1999        2000         2000
                                                              --------   --------   ----------   -----------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                   ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $ 3,584    $ 8,885     $25,668       $25,668
  Marketable securities.....................................   12,917     14,681      16,111        16,111
  Inventories...............................................       --      2,210       3,680         3,680
  Other current assets......................................      162        298         567           567
                                                              -------    -------     -------       -------
      Total current assets..................................   16,663     26,074      46,026        46,026
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation and
  amortization..............................................    1,506      4,269       5,329         5,329
OTHER ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $57, $301,
  $362 and $362 at December 31, 1998 and 1999, March 31,
  2000 and pro forma March 31, 2000, respectively...........      247        439       1,006         1,006
                                                              -------    -------     -------       -------
                                                              $18,416    $30,782     $52,361       $52,361
                                                              =======    =======     =======       =======
 
           LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current portion of long-term obligations..................  $   430    $ 1,336     $ 1,455       $ 1,455
  Accounts payable..........................................      422      1,412       3,773         3,773
  Accrued expenses..........................................      490      2,691       4,631         4,631
  Deferred revenue..........................................       --      1,031       1,045         1,045
                                                              -------    -------     -------       -------
      Total current liabilities.............................    1,342      6,470      10,904        10,904
 
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, less current portion.................    1,220      3,402       3,293         3,293
COMMITMENTS (Note 7)
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, $0.01 par value;
  17,000,000 shares authorized; 10,334,287, 12,323,968 and
  13,833,122 shares issued and outstanding, at December 31,
  1998 and 1999 and March 31, 2000, respectively; No shares
  authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma.............   22,951     46,109      70,859            --
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; Pro forma, 5,000,000
    shares authorized; none issued and outstanding..........       --         --          --            --
  Common stock, $0.001 par value; 70,000,000 shares
    authorized and 300,000,000 pro forma; 16,523,353,
    21,836,974, 22,713,920 and 55,032,994 shares issued at
    December 31, 1998 and 1999, March 31, 2000 and pro forma
    March 31, 2000, respectively; 16,523,353, 21,836,974,
    22,683,920 and 55,002,994 shares outstanding at
    December 31, 1998 and 1999, March 31, 2000 and pro forma
    March 31, 2000, respectively............................       17         22          23            55
  Capital in excess of par value............................      589     25,611      54,674       125,501
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (7,446)   (33,882)    (49,957)      (49,957)
  Stock subscriptions receivable............................     (257)      (346)       (346)         (346)
  Deferred compensation.....................................       --    (16,604)    (37,069)      (37,069)
  Treasury stock, at cost: 30,000 common shares at
    March 31, 2000 and pro forma March 31, 2000.............       --         --         (20)          (20)
                                                              -------    -------     -------       -------
      Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..................   (7,097)   (25,199)    (32,695)       38,164
                                                              -------    -------     -------       -------
                                                              $18,416    $30,782     $52,361       $52,361
                                                              =======    =======     =======       =======
</TABLE>

 
  THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                                  STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-3

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PERIOD FROM
                                               INCEPTION
                                               (AUGUST 7,                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                1997) TO     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                              DECEMBER 31,   ------------------------   ------------------------
                                                  1997          1998         1999         1999          2000
                                              ------------   ----------   -----------   ---------   ------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
REVENUES....................................     $  --       $      --    $       --    $      --     $  1,093
 
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Manufacturing and product costs (1).......        --              --         1,861          223        1,462
  Research and development (1)..............       299           5,824        10,780        2,684        4,844
  Sales and marketing (1)...................        --             426         5,606          438        3,358
  General and administrative (1)............       187             919         1,723          301          713
  Stock-based compensation..................        --              59         4,404          517        6,979
                                                 -----       ---------    ----------    ---------     --------
    Total operating expenses................       486           7,228        24,374        4,163       17,356
                                                 -----       ---------    ----------    ---------     --------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS........................      (486)         (7,228)      (24,374)      (4,163)     (16,263)
Interest expense............................        --             (78)         (224)         (37)        (116)
Interest income.............................        25             392           711          157          344
                                                 -----       ---------    ----------    ---------     --------
NET LOSS....................................      (461)         (6,914)      (23,887)      (4,043)     (16,035)
Beneficial conversion feature of Series C
  preferred stock...........................        --              --        (2,500)          --           --
                                                 -----       ---------    ----------    ---------     --------
NET LOSS APPLICABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS..     $(461)      $  (6,914)   $  (26,387)   $  (4,043)    $(16,035)
                                                 =====       =========    ==========    =========     ========
NET LOSS PER SHARE (Note 1(q)):
  Basic and diluted.........................     $  --       $   (4.27)   $    (5.53)   $   (1.23)    $  (2.07)
                                                 =====       =========    ==========    =========     ========
  Pro forma basic and diluted...............                              $    (0.75)                 $  (0.41)
                                                                          ==========                  ========
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING NET LOSS PER SHARE
  (Note 1(q)):
  Basic and diluted.........................        --       1,619,289     4,774,763    3,285,170    7,742,970
                                                 =====       =========    ==========    =========     ========
  Pro forma basic and diluted...............                              32,062,786                38,921,794
                                                                          ==========                  ========
</TABLE>

 
------------------------
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                           <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
(1) Excludes non-cash, stock-based
   compensation expense as follows:
      Manufacturing and product costs.......                $      --   $       92   $       8     $     73
      Research and development..............                       29        1,537         121        3,647
      Sales and marketing...................                       12        2,104         214        2,739
      General and administrative............                       18          671         174          520
                                                            ---------   ----------   ---------     --------
                                                            $      59   $    4,404   $     517     $  6,979
                                                            =========   ==========   =========     ========
</TABLE>

 
  THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                                  STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-4

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
                         STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
                                                               REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE
                                                                   PREFERRED STOCK
                                                              -------------------------        COMMON STOCK        CAPITAL IN
                                                                            REDEMPTION    ----------------------   EXCESS OF PAR
                                                                SHARES        VALUE         SHARES     PAR VALUE     VALUE
                                                              -----------   -----------   ----------   ---------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
BALANCE, INCEPTION (AUGUST 7, 1997).........................           --     $    --             --     $ --        $     --
  Issuance of common stock to founders......................           --          --      8,205,231        8              18
  Issuance of Series A preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $28............................................    7,100,000       7,100             --       --              --
  Issuance of common stock to employees.....................           --          --      1,031,875        1              20
  Net loss..................................................           --          --             --       --              --
                                                              -----------     -------     ----------     ----        --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997..................................    7,100,000       7,100      9,237,106        9              38
  Payments on subscriptions receivable......................           --          --             --       --              --
  Issuance of Series A preferred stock and issuance costs of
    $2......................................................       80,000          80             --       --              --
  Issuance of Series B preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $40............................................    3,154,287      15,771             --       --              --
  Issuance of common stock to officer.......................           --          --      3,212,499        4             317
  Issuance of common stock to employees.....................           --          --      4,073,748        4             175
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees...........           --          --             --       --              59
  Net loss..................................................           --          --             --       --              --
                                                              -----------     -------     ----------     ----        --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998..................................   10,334,287      22,951     16,523,353       17             589
  Issuance of Series B preferred stock to a director and
    issuance costs of $9....................................       50,000         250             --       --              --
  Issuance of Series C preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $40............................................    1,939,681      22,908             --       --              --
  Beneficial conversion feature of Series C preferred
    stock...................................................           --          --             --       --           2,500
  Payments on subscriptions receivable......................           --          --             --       --              --
  Issuance of common stock to employees, officers and a
    director................................................           --          --      5,076,871        5           1,498
  Exercise of stock options.................................           --          --        236,750       --              16
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees...........           --          --             --       --             149
  Deferred compensation related to stock option grants and
    sale of restricted common stock.........................           --          --             --       --          20,859
  Amortization of deferred compensation.....................           --          --             --       --              --
  Net loss..................................................           --          --             --       --              --
                                                              -----------     -------     ----------     ----        --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1999..................................   12,323,968      46,109     21,836,974       22          25,611
  Issuance of Series D preferred stock and issuance costs of
    $40 (unaudited).........................................    1,509,154      24,750             --       --              --
  Issuance of common stock to employees (unaudited).........           --          --        836,199        1           1,608
  Exercise of stock options (unaudited).....................           --          --         40,747       --              11
  Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)....................           --          --             --       --              --
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees
    (unaudited).............................................           --          --             --       --           2,379
  Deferred compensation related to stock option grants and
    sale of restricted common stock (unaudited).............           --          --             --       --          25,065
  Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited).........           --          --             --       --              --
  Net loss (unaudited)......................................           --          --             --       --              --
                                                              -----------     -------     ----------     ----        --------
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED).........................   13,833,122      70,859     22,713,920       23          54,674
  Pro forma conversion of preferred stock to common
    stock (unaudited).......................................  (13,833,122)    (70,859)    32,319,074       32          70,827
                                                              -----------     -------     ----------     ----        --------
PRO FORMA BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)...............           --     $    --     55,032,994     $ 55        $125,501
                                                              ===========     =======     ==========     ====        ========
 
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
                                                                               STOCK                            TREASURY STOCK
                                                              ACCUMULATED    SUBSCRIPTIONS    DEFERRED       --------------------
                                                               DEFICIT       RECEIVABLE      COMPENSATION     SHARES       COST
                                                              ------------   -------------   -------------   ---------   --------
BALANCE, INCEPTION (AUGUST 7, 1997).........................    $     --        $    --        $     --             --   $     --
  Issuance of common stock to founders......................          (1)            --              --             --         --
  Issuance of Series A preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $28............................................         (28)            --              --             --         --
  Issuance of common stock to employees.....................          --             (4)             --             --         --
  Net loss..................................................        (461)            --              --             --         --
                                                                --------        -------        --------      ---------   --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997..................................        (490)            (4)             --             --         --
  Payments on subscriptions receivable......................          --              4              --             --         --
  Issuance of Series A preferred stock and issuance costs of
    $2......................................................          (2)            --              --             --         --
  Issuance of Series B preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $40............................................         (40)            --              --             --         --
  Issuance of common stock to officer.......................          --           (257)             --             --         --
  Issuance of common stock to employees.....................          --             --              --             --         --
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees...........          --             --              --             --         --
  Net loss..................................................      (6,914)            --              --             --         --
                                                                --------        -------        --------      ---------   --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998..................................      (7,446)          (257)             --             --         --
  Issuance of Series B preferred stock to a director and
    issuance costs of $9....................................          (9)            --              --             --         --
  Issuance of Series C preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $40............................................         (40)            --              --             --         --
  Beneficial conversion feature of Series C preferred
    stock...................................................      (2,500)            --              --             --         --
  Payments on subscriptions receivable......................          --             21              --             --         --
  Issuance of common stock to employees, officers and a
    director................................................          --           (110)             --             --         --
  Exercise of stock options.................................          --             --              --             --         --
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees...........          --             --              --             --         --
  Deferred compensation related to stock option grants and
    sale of restricted common stock.........................          --             --         (20,859)            --         --
  Amortization of deferred compensation.....................          --             --           4,255             --         --
  Net loss..................................................     (23,887)            --                             --         --
                                                                --------        -------        --------      ---------   --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1999..................................     (33,882)          (346)        (16,604)            --         --
  Issuance of Series D preferred stock and issuance costs of
    $40 (unaudited).........................................         (40)            --              --             --         --
  Issuance of common stock to employees (unaudited).........          --             --              --             --         --
  Exercise of stock options (unaudited).....................          --             --              --             --         --
  Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)....................          --             --              --         30,000        (20)
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees
    (unaudited).............................................          --             --              --             --         --
  Deferred compensation related to stock option grants and
    sale of restricted common stock (unaudited).............          --             --         (25,065)            --         --
  Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited).........          --             --           4,600             --         --
  Net loss (unaudited)......................................     (16,035)            --              --             --         --
                                                                --------        -------        --------      ---------   --------
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED).........................     (49,957)          (346)        (37,069)        30,000        (20)
  Pro forma conversion of preferred stock to common
    stock (unaudited).......................................          --             --              --             --         --
                                                                --------        -------        --------      ---------   --------
PRO FORMA BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)...............    $(49,957)       $  (346)       $(37,069)        30,000   $    (20)
                                                                ========        =======        ========      =========   ========
 
<S>                                                           <C>
                                                                TOTAL
                                                              STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                EQUITY
                                                              (DEFICIT)
                                                              -------------
BALANCE, INCEPTION (AUGUST 7, 1997).........................    $     --
  Issuance of common stock to founders......................          25
  Issuance of Series A preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $28............................................         (28)
  Issuance of common stock to employees.....................          17
  Net loss..................................................        (461)
                                                                --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997..................................        (447)
  Payments on subscriptions receivable......................           4
  Issuance of Series A preferred stock and issuance costs of
    $2......................................................          (2)
  Issuance of Series B preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $40............................................         (40)
  Issuance of common stock to officer.......................          64
  Issuance of common stock to employees.....................         179
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees...........          59
  Net loss..................................................      (6,914)
                                                                --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998..................................      (7,097)
  Issuance of Series B preferred stock to a director and
    issuance costs of $9....................................          (9)
  Issuance of Series C preferred stock and issuance
    costs of $40............................................         (40)
  Beneficial conversion feature of Series C preferred
    stock...................................................          --
  Payments on subscriptions receivable......................          21
  Issuance of common stock to employees, officers and a
    director................................................       1,393
  Exercise of stock options.................................          16
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees...........         149
  Deferred compensation related to stock option grants and
    sale of restricted common stock.........................          --
  Amortization of deferred compensation.....................       4,255
  Net loss..................................................     (23,887)
                                                                --------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1999..................................     (25,199)
  Issuance of Series D preferred stock and issuance costs of
    $40 (unaudited).........................................         (40)
  Issuance of common stock to employees (unaudited).........       1,609
  Exercise of stock options (unaudited).....................          11
  Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)....................         (20)
  Compensation associated with the grant of stock options
    and sale of restricted stock to non-employees
    (unaudited).............................................       2,379
  Deferred compensation related to stock option grants and
    sale of restricted common stock (unaudited).............          --
  Amortization of deferred compensation (unaudited).........       4,600
  Net loss (unaudited)......................................     (16,035)
                                                                --------
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED).........................     (32,695)
  Pro forma conversion of preferred stock to common
    stock (unaudited).......................................      70,859
                                                                --------
PRO FORMA BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2000 (UNAUDITED)...............    $ 38,164
                                                                ========
</TABLE>

 
  THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                                  STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-5

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PERIOD FROM
                                                             INCEPTION
                                                             (AUGUST 7,         YEAR ENDED           THREE MONTHS
                                                              1997) TO         DECEMBER 31,         ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                            DECEMBER 31,    -------------------   -------------------
                                                                1997          1998       1999       1999       2000
                                                           --------------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss...............................................      $ (461)      $(6,914)   $(23,887)  $(4,043)   $(16,035)
  Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
    operating activities--
    Depreciation and amortization........................          11           466       1,632       220         759
    Compensation expense associated with the grant of
      stock options and issuance of restricted stock to
      non-employees......................................          --            59         149        22       2,379
    Amortization of deferred compensation................          --            --       4,255       508       4,600
    Changes in current assets and liabilities--
      Inventories........................................          --            --      (2,210)      (68)     (1,470)
      Other current assets...............................         (30)         (132)       (136)     (186)       (269)
      Accounts payable...................................         229           193         990       203       2,361
      Accrued expenses...................................          96           394       2,201       201       1,940
      Deferred revenue...................................          --            --       1,031        --          14
                                                               ------       -------    --------   -------    --------
        Net cash used in operating activities............        (155)       (5,934)    (15,975)   (3,143)     (5,721)
                                                               ------       -------    --------   -------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and equipment....................        (347)       (1,577)     (4,151)     (516)     (1,907)
  Maturities of marketable securities....................          --         7,295      22,020     8,922      16,151
  Purchases of marketable securities.....................          --       (20,212)    (23,784)   (3,033)    (17,581)
  Other assets...........................................         (14)         (292)       (436)       13        (479)
                                                               ------       -------    --------   -------    --------
        Net cash provided by (used in) investing
          activities.....................................        (361)      (14,786)     (6,351)    5,386      (3,816)
                                                               ------       -------    --------   -------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of common stock.....................          42           243       1,393       262       1,609
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options................          --            --          16         1          11
  Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock..........       6,847        15,809      23,109        --      24,710
  Payment of stock subscriptions receivable..............          --             4          21        --          --
  Proceeds from long-term obligations....................           8         1,749       3,609       379         298
  Payments on long-term obligations......................          --          (107)       (521)     (100)       (288)
  Repurchase of common stock.............................          --            --          --        --         (20)
  Proceeds from notes payable............................         225            --          --        --          --
                                                               ------       -------    --------   -------    --------
        Net cash provided by financing activities........       7,122        17,698      27,627       542      26,320
                                                               ------       -------    --------   -------    --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.....       6,606        (3,022)      5,301     2,785      16,783
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD...........          --         6,606       3,584     3,584       8,885
                                                               ------       -------    --------   -------    --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD.................      $6,606       $ 3,584    $  8,885   $ 6,369    $ 25,668
                                                               ======       =======    ========   =======    ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for interest...............      $   --       $    78    $    208   $    37    $    111
                                                               ======       =======    ========   =======    ========
SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH TRANSACTIONS:
  Conversion of notes payable to preferred stock.........      $  225       $    --    $     --   $    --    $     --
                                                               ======       =======    ========   =======    ========
  Issuance of common stock for subscriptions
    receivable...........................................      $    4       $   257    $    110   $    --    $     --
                                                               ======       =======    ========   =======    ========
</TABLE>

 
  THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                                  STATEMENTS.
 
                                      F-6

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(1) OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    Sonus Networks, Inc. (Sonus) was incorporated on August 7, 1997 and is a
leading provider of voice infrastructure products for the new public network.
Sonus offers a new generation of carrier-class switching equipment and software
that enable voice services to be delivered over packet-based networks. Sonus was
considered to be in the development stage through December 31, 1999 and was
principally engaged in research and development, raising capital and hiring its
management team.
 
    Sonus is subject to risks common to technology-based companies including,
but not limited to, the development of new technology, development of markets
and distribution channels, dependence on key personnel, and the ability to
obtain additional capital as needed to meet its product plans. Sonus has a
limited operating history and has incurred significant operating losses since
inception. To date, Sonus has been funded principally by private equity
financings. Sonus' ultimate success is dependent upon its ability to raise
additional capital and to successfully develop and market its products.
 
    The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the application
of certain significant accounting policies as described in this note and
elsewhere in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes.
 
    (A) PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Sonus and its wholly owned subsidiary Sonus Networks Limited. All material
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
    (B) INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    The consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31,
1999 and 2000 and related footnote information are unaudited and have been
prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In
the opinion of management, the interim unaudited consolidated financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of these interim
periods. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2000 are not
necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the entire
year.
 
    (C) PRO FORMA PRESENTATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and consolidated
statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity
(deficit) as of March 31, 2000 reflect the automatic conversion of all
outstanding shares of Series A, B, C and D redeemable convertible preferred
stock into an aggregate of 32,319,074 shares of common stock, which will occur
upon the closing of Sonus' proposed initial public offering (IPO).
 
                                      F-7

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    (D) CASH EQUIVALENTS AND MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    Cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which
approximates market value, and have maturities of three months or less at the
date of purchase.
 
    Marketable securities are classified as held-to-maturity, as Sonus has the
intent and ability to hold to maturity. Marketable securities are reported at
amortized cost. Cash equivalents and marketable securities are invested in
highly rated government securities. There have been no gains or losses to date.
 
    (E) CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND LIMITED SUPPLIERS
 
    The financial instruments that potentially subject Sonus to concentrations
of credit risk are cash, marketable securities and receivables. Sonus has no
significant off-balance-sheet concentrations such as foreign exchange contracts,
options contracts or other foreign hedging arrangements. The majority of Sonus'
cash is maintained with a commercial bank. For the three months ended March 31,
2000, one customer accounted for substantially all of Sonus' revenues.
 
    Certain components and software licenses from third-parties used in Sonus'
products are procured from a single source. The failure of a supplier, including
a subcontractor, to deliver on schedule could delay or interrupt Sonus' delivery
of products and thereby adversely affect Sonus' revenues and operating results.
 
    (F) INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
market.
 
    (G) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation
and amortization. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense as incurred, whereas major betterments are capitalized as additions to
property and equipment. Sonus provides for depreciation and amortization using
the straight-line method and charges to operations amounts estimated to allocate
the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives.
 
    (H) OTHER ASSETS
 
    Other assets include licenses for certain technology embedded in Sonus'
products. These licenses are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or
the term of the license.
 
    (I) REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Sonus recognizes revenue from product sales to end users, resellers and
distributors upon shipment, provided there are no uncertainties regarding
acceptance, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is
fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is probable. If
uncertainties exist, Sonus recognizes revenue when those uncertainties are
resolved. In multiple element arrangements, Sonus will use the residual method
in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2 and 98-9. Service revenue is
recognized as the services are provided. Amounts collected prior to satisfying
the revenue recognition criteria are reflected as deferred revenue. Warranty
costs are estimated and recorded by Sonus at the time of product revenue
recognition.
 
                                      F-8

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    (J) SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    Sonus accounts for its software development costs in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 86, ACCOUNTING FOR THE
COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE TO BE SOLD, LEASED OR OTHERWISE MARKETED.
Accordingly, the costs for the development of new software and substantial
enhancements to existing software are expensed as incurred until technological
feasibility has been established, at which time any additional costs would be
capitalized. Sonus has determined that technological feasibility is established
at the time a working model of the software is completed. Because Sonus believes
its current process for developing software is essentially completed
concurrently with the establishment of technological feasibility, no costs have
been capitalized to date.
 
    (K) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    Sonus uses the intrinsic value-based method of Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES, to account for all of
its employee stock-based compensation plans and uses the fair value method to
account for all non-employee stock-based compensation.
 
    (L) COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
 
    Sonus applies Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) SFAS No. 130,
REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME. The comprehensive loss for the period from
inception (August 7, 1997) to December 31, 1997, the years ended December 31,
1998 and 1999 and the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000 does not differ
from the reported loss.
 
    (M) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The carrying amounts of Sonus' financial instruments, which include cash
equivalents, marketable securities, stock subscriptions receivable, accounts
payable, accrued expenses and long-term obligations, approximate their fair
value.
 
    (N) USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    (O) NEW PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE
INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES, which establishes accounting and reporting
standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires that an
entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance
sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Pursuant to SFAS No. 137,
ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES--DEFERRAL OF THE
EFFECTIVE DATE OF FASB NO. 133, SFAS No. 133 is effective in fiscal year 2001.
SFAS No. 133 is not expected to have a material impact on Sonus' financial
condition or results of operations.
 
                                      F-9

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    (P) DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE
 
    SFAS No. 131, DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED
INFORMATION, establishes standards for reporting information regarding operating
segments and establishes standards for related disclosures about products and
services and geographic areas. Operating segments are identified as components
of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is
available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision
making group, in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing
performance. To date, the Company has viewed its operations and manages its
business as principally one operating segment.
 
    (Q) NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
    Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss for the period
by the weighted average number of unrestricted common shares outstanding during
the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss for
the period by the weighted average number of unrestricted common shares and
potential common stock outstanding during the period, if dilutive. Potential
common stock is comprised of restricted shares of common stock and the
incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Shares of
common stock issuable upon the conversion of Sonus' redeemable convertible
preferred stock have also been excluded from the date of issuance. In accordance
with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98, EARNINGS PER SHARE IN AN INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING, Sonus determined there were no nominal issuances of Sonus' stock prior
to Sonus' IPO. For the period from inception through December 31, 1997, there
were no unrestricted outstanding shares of common stock.
 
    Options to purchase 125,000, 557,500, 1,017,581, 723,750 and 3,127,032
shares of common stock have not been included in the computation of diluted net
loss per share for the period from inception to December 31, 1997, the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1999 and the three months ended March 31, 1999 and
2000, respectively, as their effects would have been anti-dilutive (see Note
9(e)).
 
    Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended
December 31, 1999 and the three months ended March 31, 2000 are computed using
the weighted average number of unrestricted common shares outstanding, including
the pro forma effects of the automatic conversion of Sonus' Series A, B, C and D
redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of Sonus' common stock which
will occur upon the closing of Sonus' proposed IPO, as if such conversion
occurred at the date of original issuance. There were no dilutive shares of
potential common stock for these periods.
 
                                      F-10

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss
per share and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PERIOD FROM
                                            INCEPTION
                                            (AUGUST 7,                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             1997) TO        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,
                                           DECEMBER 31,    ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                                               1997            1998           1999           1999           2000
                                          --------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
HISTORICAL--
  Net loss applicable to common
    stockholders........................   $      (461)    $     (6,914)  $    (26,387)  $     (4,043)  $    (16,035)
                                           ===========     ============   ============   ============   ============
  Weighted average common shares
    outstanding.........................     3,900,329       11,800,382     19,153,503     17,057,359     22,309,713
  Less weighted average restricted
    common shares outstanding...........    (3,900,329)     (10,181,093)   (14,378,740)   (13,772,189)   (14,566,743)
                                           -----------     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
    Shares used in computing basic and
      diluted net loss per share........            --        1,619,289      4,774,763      3,285,170      7,742,970
                                           ===========     ============   ============   ============   ============
 
  Basic and diluted net loss per
    share...............................   $        --     $      (4.27)  $      (5.53)  $      (1.23)  $      (2.07)
                                           ===========     ============   ============   ============   ============
 
PRO FORMA--
  Net loss..............................                                  $    (23,887)                 $    (16,035)
                                                                          ============                  ============
  Shares used in computing historical
    basic and diluted net loss per
    share...............................                                     4,774,763                     7,742,970
  Weighted average number of shares
    assumed upon conversion of
    redeemable convertible preferred
    stock...............................                                    27,288,023                    31,178,824
                                                                          ------------                  ------------
    Shares used in computing pro forma
      basic and diluted net loss per
      share.............................                                    32,062,786                    38,921,794
                                                                          ============                  ============
 
  Pro forma basic and diluted net loss
    per share...........................                                  $      (0.75)                 $      (0.41)
                                                                          ============                  ============
</TABLE>

 
(2) INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories consist of the following, in thousands:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                           1999         2000
                                                       ------------   ---------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
Raw materials........................................     $  305       $  234
Work in progress.....................................        941        1,289
Finished goods.......................................        964        2,157
                                                          ------       ------
                                                          $2,210       $3,680
                                                          ======       ======
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-11

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consist of the following, in thousands:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                    ESTIMATED     -------------------   MARCH 31,
                                   USEFUL LIFE      1998       1999        2000
                                  -------------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                               <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>
Computer equipment and
  software......................    2-3 years     $ 1,836    $ 5,956     $ 7,699
Furniture and fixtures..........    3-5 years          88         69          76
Leasehold improvements..........  Life of lease        --         50          59
                                                  -------    -------     -------
                                                    1,924      6,075       7,834
Less accumulated depreciation
  and amortization..............                     (418)    (1,806)     (2,505)
                                                  -------    -------     -------
                                                  $ 1,506    $ 4,269     $ 5,329
                                                  =======    =======     =======
</TABLE>

 
(4) LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
 
    Sonus has a $7,000,000 equipment line of credit with a bank, bearing
interest at the bank's prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1999 and 9.0% at
March 31, 2000) plus 0.5%, available through June 30, 2000. Amounts borrowed
under the line shall be repaid over a 42- or 48-month period. Under the
agreement, all of Sonus' assets, except intellectual property, have been pledged
as collateral and Sonus must maintain a certain minimum tangible stockholders'
equity and quick ratio, as defined. As of December 31, 1998 and 1999, and
March 31, 2000, Sonus had outstanding balances of $1,650,000, $4,738,000 and
$4,748,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2000, Sonus had additional borrowings
available under the equipment line of credit of $1,354,000.
 
    The aggregate principal payments on long-term obligations as of
December 31, 1999 are as follows: $1,336,000 in 2000; $1,399,000 in 2001;
$1,201,000 in 2002; $763,000 in 2003; and $39,000 in 2004.
 
    Sonus also has a $200,000 letter of credit with a bank available through
June 30, 2000. As of December 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000, Sonus has committed
approximately $166,000 against the letter of credit, representing the security
deposit for Sonus' leased property.
 
(5) ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
    Accrued expenses consist of the following, in thousands:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                -------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                  1998       1999        2000
                                                --------   --------   ----------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Employee compensation and related costs.......    $195      $1,381      $1,568
Professional fees.............................     132         609       1,832
Facilities....................................     100         137         248
Other.........................................      63         564         983
                                                  ----      ------      ------
                                                  $490      $2,691      $4,631
                                                  ====      ======      ======
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-12

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(6) INCOME TAXES
 
    Sonus provides for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, ACCOUNTING
FOR INCOME TAXES. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates.
 
    Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance has been
recorded for the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of realizing the
benefit of this asset.
 
    The following is a summary of the significant components of Sonus' deferred
tax assets and liabilities, in thousands:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -------------------
                                                              1998       1999
                                                            --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards..........................   $2,230    $ 9,204
Tax credit carryforwards..................................      308        761
Start-up costs............................................      625        485
Deferred revenue..........................................       --        412
Other temporary differences...............................       44        560
Valuation allowance.......................................   (3,207)   (11,422)
                                                             ------    -------
                                                             $   --    $    --
                                                             ======    =======
</TABLE>

 
    As of December 31, 1999, Sonus has net operating loss carryforwards for
income tax purposes of approximately $23,000,000, which expire through 2019.
Sonus also has available research and development credit carryforwards of
approximately $761,000 that expire through 2019. The Internal Revenue Code
contains provisions that limit the net operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards available to be used in any given year in the event of certain
circumstances, including significant changes in ownership interests. Sonus has
completed several financings since inception and has incurred ownership changes
and may incur an ownership change upon completion of the IPO. Sonus does not
believe that these changes will have a material impact on its ability to use its
net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
 
(7) LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    Sonus leases its administrative and development facility under an operating
lease, which expires in March 2004. In April 2000, Sonus entered into a lease
for an additional facility, which expires in May 2003. Rent expense was
approximately $20,000 from inception to December 31, 1997 and $150,000,
$537,000, $38,000 and $172,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1999
and the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Sonus is
responsible for certain real estate taxes, utilities and maintenance costs. The
future minimum payments under operating lease payments as of December 31, 1999,
including the new 2000 facility lease, are as follows: $868,000 in 2000;
$938,000 in 2001; $973,000 in 2002; $829,000 in 2003; and $187,000 in 2004.
 
                                      F-13

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(8) REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Sonus has authorized 17,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value,
and designated four series of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of
March 31, 2000: 7,220,000 shares of Series A preferred stock; 3,247,857 shares
of Series B preferred stock; 2,153,072 shares of Series C preferred stock and
1,585,366 shares of Series D preferred stock. A summary of the redeemable
convertible preferred stock issuances as of March 31, 2000 are as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NUMBER OF    PRICE PER     REDEMPTION
     DESCRIPTION                              DATE                           SHARES       SHARE         VALUE
---------------------   -------------------------------------------------  ----------   ---------   --------------
                                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                     <C>                                                <C>          <C>         <C>
 Series A               November 1997 and July 1998                         7,180,000    $  1.00        $ 7,180
 Series B               September and December 1998, May 1999               3,204,287       5.00         16,021
 Series C               September, November and December 1999               1,939,681      11.81         22,908
 Series D               March 2000                                          1,509,154      16.40         24,750
                                                                           ----------                   -------
                                                                           13,833,122                   $70,859
                                                                           ==========                   =======
</TABLE>

 
    The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A, Series B, Series C
and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:
 
    REDEMPTION
 
    If requested prior to the redemption dates specified below by holders of
66 2/3% of the then outstanding Series A, B, C and D preferred stock, Sonus is
required to redeem such stock at $1.00, $5.00, $11.81 and $16.40 per share,
respectively, as adjusted in the event of future dilution, plus declared but
unpaid dividends as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PERCENTAGE OF THEN
                                              OUTSTANDING
  SERIES A, B AND C        SERIES D       PREFERRED SHARES TO
   REDEMPTION DATE      REDEMPTION DATE       BE REDEEMED
---------------------   ---------------   --------------------
<S>                     <C>               <C>
November 18, 2002        March 9, 2005           33.33%
November 18, 2003        March 9, 2006           50.00%
November 18, 2004        March 9, 2007    All shares then held
</TABLE>

 
    DIVIDENDS
 
    Series A, B, C and D preferred stockholders are entitled to receive any cash
dividend declared on common stock equal to the amount they would be entitled to
if such preferred stock had been converted into common stock. In connection with
the sale of an aggregate of 211,688 shares of Series C preferred stock in
November and December 1999, Sonus recorded a charge to accumulated deficit of
$2.5 million. This amount represents the beneficial conversion feature of the
Series C preferred stock. This amount has been accounted for as a dividend to
preferred stockholders and as a result, increased Sonus' capital in excess of
par value, net loss applicable to common stockholders and the related net loss
per share.
 
    LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE
 
    In the event of liquidation of Sonus and before any distribution to common
stockholders, the Series A, B, C and D preferred stockholders are entitled to
share pro rata, $1.00, $5.00, $11.81 and $16.40 per share, respectively, plus
all declared but unpaid dividends.
 
                                      F-14

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    VOTING RIGHTS
 
    Series A, B, C and D preferred stockholders are entitled to one vote per
common share equivalent on all matters voted on by holders of common stock. In
addition, the Series A preferred stockholders are entitled to elect 40% of the
board members as long as 1,775,000 shares of such preferred stock are
outstanding.
 
    CONVERSION
 
    Each share of Series A, B and C preferred stock is convertible into 2.5
shares of common stock and each share of Series D preferred stock is convertible
into one share of common stock, both adjustable for certain dilutive events.
Conversion is at the option of the holder, but becomes automatic upon the
closing of an IPO for the Series A, B and C preferred stock in which at least
$10,000,000 of net proceeds shall be received by Sonus at a price of at least
$8.00 per share and for the Series D preferred stock with at least $25,000,000
of net proceeds at a price of at least $19.68 per share.
 
(9) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
    (A) AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
 
    In March 2000, the Board of Directors authorized, subject to stockholder
approval, an increase in the authorized shares of Sonus' common stock from
70,000,000 to 300,000,000 shares and authorized and approved 5,000,000 shares of
$0.01 par value undesignated preferred stock that may be issued by the Board of
Directors from time to time in one or more series. This amendment is to be
effective upon the closing of Sonus' IPO.
 
    (B) STOCK SUBSCRIPTIONS RECEIVABLE
 
    On November 4, 1998, Sonus entered into a stock subscription agreement for
$257,000 from an officer that bears interest at 8%. The note is secured by
2,570,000 shares of Sonus' restricted common stock and is due upon the earlier
of November 4, 2003 or 180 days after such shares are eligible for public sale.
The interest payments on the note are unconditional and are not limited to the
aforementioned stock. As of December 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000, this note due
Sonus had a remaining principal balance of $236,000.
 
    On September 1, 1999, Sonus entered into a stock subscription agreement for
$110,250 from an officer that bears interest at 8%. The full recourse note is
secured by 562,500 shares of Sonus' restricted common stock and is due upon the
earlier of September 1, 2004 or 180 days after such shares are eligible for
public sale.
 
    (C) COMMON STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT
 
    In November 1999, Sonus signed a definitive purchase and license agreement
(the Agreement) with a customer to provide certain Sonus products. Under the
terms of the Agreement, the customer also has the right to purchase shares of
common stock in Sonus' IPO at the IPO price. The number of shares subject to
this right equals 5% of the dollar value of the customer's accumulated purchases
of Sonus' products and services as of the date of the IPO divided by the IPO per
share price, but in no event more than 5% of the shares offered in the IPO. The
ability of the customer to exercise its right to purchase such shares is
contingent upon a closing of an IPO on a national exchange.
 
                                      F-15

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    (D) RESTRICTED COMMON STOCK
 
    Sonus issued 8,205,231 and 87,500 shares of restricted common stock outside
of the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan) in the period ended December 31,
1997 and in the year ended December 31, 1999, respectively. These shares are
subject to repurchase agreements which expire over a five-year period. Sonus may
repurchase any remaining restricted shares of common stock held by these
individuals upon termination of employment at their original purchase price
ranging from $0.0004 to $0.004 per share. All shares of common stock subject to
repurchase restrictions, contain the same rights and privileges as unrestricted
shares of common stock and are presented as outstanding as of the date of
issuance. As of December 31, 1999, 3,793,916 shares and as of March 31, 2000,
3,383,653 shares of this common stock were restricted and subject to Sonus'
repurchase.
 
    (E) 1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    The Plan, which is administered by the Board of Directors, permits Sonus to
sell or award restricted common stock or to grant incentive and non-qualified
stock options for the purchase of common stock to employees, directors and
consultants. In March, 2000, Sonus' stockholders increased the shares authorized
under the Plan from 16,250,000 to 27,000,000. On January 1 of each year,
commencing with January 2001, the aggregate number of shares of common stock
available for purchase under the Plan shall increase by the lesser of (i) 5% of
the outstanding shares on December 31 of the preceding year or (ii) an amount
determined by the Board of Directors. At March 31, 2000, 9,481,778 shares were
available under the Plan for future sale of restricted common stock or grant of
stock options.
 
    Sonus issued shares of restricted common stock to employees and consultants
which are subject to repurchase agreements and vest over a four or five-year
period. If the employee leaves or if the services are not performed, Sonus may
repurchase any restricted shares of common stock held by these individuals at
their original purchase price ranging from $0.02 to $10.00 per share. All shares
of common stock subject to repurchase restrictions, contain the same rights and
privileges as unrestricted shares of common stock and are presented as
outstanding as of the date of issuance. As of December 31, 1999, 10,827,839
shares and as of March 31, 2000, 10,722,963 shares of the outstanding common
stock issued under the Plan were restricted and subject to Sonus' repurchase.
 
                                      F-16

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    A summary of activity under Sonus' Plan for the period from inception to
March 31, 2000, is as follows:
 
RESTRICTED COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              WEIGHTED
                                                                                              AVERAGE
                                                            NUMBER OF         PURCHASE        PURCHASE
                                                              SHARES           PRICE           PRICE
                                                            ----------   ------------------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>                  <C>
Outstanding, August 7, 1997 (inception)...................          --   $               --     $ --
  Issued..................................................   1,031,875                  .02      .02
                                                            ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1997............................   1,031,875                  .02      .02
  Issued..................................................   7,286,247              .02-.20      .07
                                                            ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1998............................   8,318,122              .02-.20      .06
  Issued..................................................   4,989,372              .20-.66      .30
                                                            ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1999............................  13,307,494              .02-.66      .15
  Repurchased.............................................     (30,000)                 .66      .66
  Issued..................................................     836,199            .66-10.00     1.88
                                                            ----------
Outstanding, March 31, 2000...............................  14,113,693   $        .02-10.00     $.25
                                                            ==========   ==================     ====
Unrestricted common stock, December 31, 1999..............   2,479,655   $          .02-.66     $.06
                                                            ==========   ==================     ====
Unrestricted common stock, March 31, 2000.................   3,390,730   $         .02-2.00     $.08
                                                            ==========   ==================     ====
</TABLE>

 
COMMON STOCK OPTION GRANTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              WEIGHTED
                                                                                              AVERAGE
                                                             NUMBER OF        EXERCISE        EXERCISE
                                                              SHARES           PRICE           PRICE
                                                             ---------   ------------------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>                  <C>
Outstanding, August 7, 1997 (inception)....................         --   $               --    $  --
  Granted..................................................    125,000                 .004     .004
                                                             ---------
Outstanding, December 31, 1997.............................    125,000                 .004     .004
  Granted..................................................    445,000              .02-.20      .16
  Canceled.................................................    (12,500)                 .20      .20
                                                             ---------
Outstanding, December 31, 1998.............................    557,500             .004-.20      .13
  Granted..................................................    696,831              .20-.66      .39
  Exercised................................................   (236,750)            .004-.20      .07
                                                             ---------
Outstanding, December 31, 1999.............................  1,017,581              .02-.66      .32
  Granted..................................................  2,150,531           2.00-10.00     8.57
  Canceled.................................................       (333)                 .66      .66
  Exercised................................................    (40,747)            .20-2.00      .26
                                                             ---------
 
Outstanding, March 31, 2000................................  3,127,032   $        .02-10.00    $6.00
                                                             =========   ==================    =====
Exercisable, December 31, 1999.............................    124,793   $          .02-.48    $ .17
                                                             =========   ==================    =====
Exercisable, March 31, 2000................................    234,467   $        .02-10.00    $ .77
                                                             =========   ==================    =====
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
    The following table summarizes information relating to currently outstanding
and exercisable options as of December 31, 1999:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      OUTSTANDING                     EXERCISABLE
                        ---------------------------------------   --------------------
                                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE   WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED
                                       REMAINING       AVERAGE                AVERAGE
      EXERCISE          NUMBER OF     CONTRACTUAL      EXERCISE   NUMBER OF   EXERCISE
        PRICE            SHARES       LIFE(YEARS)       PRICE      SHARES      PRICE
---------------------   ---------   ----------------   --------   ---------   --------
<S>                     <C>         <C>                <C>        <C>         <C>
        $ .02              50,000         9.43           $.02       25,000      $.02
          .20             578,250         8.78            .20       95,293       .20
          .48             245,750         9.74            .48        4,500       .48
          .66             143,581         9.88            .66           --        --
                        ---------                                  -------
                        1,017,581                        $.32      124,793      $.17
                        =========                        ====      =======      ====
</TABLE>

 
    (F) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
   
    Stock-based compensation expenses includes the amortization of deferred
employee compensation and other equity related expenses for non-employees.
    
 
   
    In connection with certain employee stock option grants and the issuance of
employee restricted common stock during the year ended December 31, 1999, and
the first quarter of 2000, Sonus recorded deferred compensation of $20,859,000
and $25,065,000, respectively. In addition, in April 2000, we recorded deferred
compensation of $4,000,000. This represents the aggregate difference between the
exercise price or purchase price and the fair value of the common stock on the
date of grant or sale for accounting purposes. The deferred compensation will be
recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the underlying stock options
and restricted common stock. Sonus recorded compensation expense of $4,255,000
in the year ended December 31, 1999 and $508,000 and $4,600,000 for the three
months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively, related to these options and
restricted common stock. Based on the grant of stock options and the sale of
restricted common stock through April 30, 2000, Sonus expects to record
approximately $21,400,000, $13,000,000, $7,200,000, $3,400,000 and $600,000 in
employee compensation expense in the years ending December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002,
2003 and 2004, respectively.
    
 
    Sonus granted 417,500 non-qualified stock options to non-employees for
services rendered in the period from inception to December 31, 1999. In 1998 and
1999, Sonus sold 125,000 shares of restricted common stock and 10,000 shares of
Series B preferred stock to consultants at their then current fair market value,
subject to repurchase provisions, in the event consulting services are no longer
provided. In the first quarter of 2000, Sonus granted 12,000 non-qualified stock
options and sold 13,000 shares of restricted common stock to consultants.
 
   
    Sonus has valued the stock options and the issuances of restricted common
stock and Series B preferred stock to non-employees based upon the fair market
value of the services rendered where Sonus believes the value of these services
is more readily determinable than the value of the options or restricted stock.
All other grants of options and issuances of restricted stock to non-employees
are valued based upon the Black-Scholes option pricing model. As of
December 31, 1999, Sonus has 135,000 stock options, 80,000 shares of restricted
common stock, and 6,000 shares of restricted Series B preferred stock
outstanding to non-employees. As of March 31, 2000, Sonus has 45,000 stock
options and 45,000 shares of restricted common stock outstanding to
non-employees. Sonus has recorded stock-based compensation expense of
    
 
                                      F-18

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
   
$59,000, $149,000, $9,000 and $2,379,000 for the grant of options and issuances
of restricted stock to non-employees for the years ended December 31, 1998 and
1999, and the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively. In
accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force 96-18, Sonus will record the value at
the time the services are provided.
    
 
    The value of the options granted to employees as calculated under SFAS
No. 123 for the period from inception to December 31, 1997 and during the year
ended December 31, 1998 was immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.
Sonus has computed the pro forma disclosures required under SFAS No. 123 for
options granted to employees for the year ended December 31, 1999, using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with an assumed risk-free interest rate of
5%, 60% volatility and an expected life ranging from 2-5 years with the
assumption that no dividends will be paid. Had compensation expense for Sonus'
stock option plan been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123 for the year
ended December 31, 1999, the pro forma net loss and pro forma net loss per share
would have been as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Net loss applicable to common stockholders, in thousands--
  As reported...............................................  $(26,387)
  Pro forma.................................................   (26,400)
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share--
  As reported...............................................  $  (5.53)
  Pro forma.................................................     (5.53)
</TABLE>

 
    (G) 2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    In March 2000, the Board of Directors approved, subject to stockholder
approval, the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. A total of 1,200,000 shares of
common stock have been reserved for issuance under this plan. Eligible employees
may purchase common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the fair
market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of each offering
period. Participation is limited to 20% of an employee's eligible compensation
not to exceed amounts allowed by the Internal Revenue Code. On January 1 of each
year, commencing with January 2001, the aggregate number of shares of common
stock available for purchase under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall
increase by the lesser of (i) 2% of the outstanding shares on December 31 of the
preceding year or (ii) an amount determined by the Board of Directors.
 
    (H) COMMON STOCK RESERVED
 
    Common stock reserved for future issuance at March 31, 2000 consist of the
following:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Conversion of preferred stock:
  Series A..................................................  17,950,000
  Series B..................................................   8,010,718
  Series C..................................................   4,849,202
  Series D..................................................   1,509,154
                                                              ----------
    Total preferred stock...................................  32,319,074
Stock incentive plan........................................  12,608,810
Employee stock purchase plan................................   1,200,000
                                                              ----------
                                                              46,127,884
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-19

<PAGE>
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
             (INFORMATION FOR MARCH 31, 1999 AND 2000 IS UNAUDITED)
 
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
    In 1998, Sonus adopted a savings plan for its employees, which has been
qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees
are permitted to contribute to the 401(k) plan through payroll deductions within
statutory and plan limits. Contributions from Sonus are made at the discretion
of the Board of Directors. Sonus has made no contributions to the 401(k) plan to
date.
 
                                      F-20

<PAGE>

[Inside back cover: Diagram titled "The Sonus Open Services Architecture" 
showing GSX9000 Open Services Switch connecting "Packet Network" to "IP 
Appliances," "Third Party Application Servers" and "SGX2000 Signaling 
Gateway," with text beneath.]



<PAGE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    No dealer, salesperson, or other person is authorized to give any
information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must
not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is
an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances
and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in
this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
                            ------------------------
 
 
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Page
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................       1
Risk Factors..........................       4
Special Note Regarding Forward-
  Looking Statements..................      13
Use of Proceeds.......................      13
Dividend Policy.......................      13
Capitalization........................      14
Dilution..............................      15
Selected Consolidated Financial
  Data................................      16
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................      18
Business..............................      25
Management............................      37
Certain Transactions..................      44
Principal Stockholders................      47
Description of Capital Stock..........      50
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......      54
Legal Matters.........................      55
Experts...............................      55
Additional Information................      56
Underwriting..........................      57
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements..........................     F-1
</TABLE>

    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Through and including           , 2000 (the 25th day after the date of this
prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting
as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
                                5,000,000 Shares
 
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
                                  Common Stock
 
                               ------------------
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                               ------------------
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                               ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                      Representatives of the Underwriters
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    Expenses of the Registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution
of the securities being registered, other than the underwriting discounts, are
estimated as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                TOTAL
                                                              ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
SEC Registration Fee........................................  $   31,878
NASD Fees...................................................      12,575
NASDAQ Listing Fees.........................................      95,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses.............................     200,000
Legal Fees and Expenses.....................................     350,000
Accountants' Fees and Expenses..............................     230,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses (including legal fees)...........      15,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar's Fees.........................       9,000
Miscellaneous Costs.........................................     306,547
                                                              ----------
    Total...................................................  $1,250,000
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
 
    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation law empowers a Delaware
corporation to indemnify its officers and directors and certain other persons to
the extent under the circumstances set forth therein.
 
    The form of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Registrant and the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant, copies of
the forms of which are filed as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, provide for
indemnification of officers and directors of the Registrant and certain other
persons against liabilities and expenses incurred by any of them in certain
stated proceedings and under certain stated conditions.
 
    The above discussion of the Registrant's Fourth Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-Laws and Section 145 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law is not intended to be exhaustive and is
qualified in its entirety by the forms of such Fourth Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-Laws and statute.
 
    The Registrant will agree to indemnify the Underwriters and their
controlling persons, and the Underwriters will agree to indemnify the Registrant
and its controlling persons, including directors and executive officers of the
Registrant, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of the Underwriting Agreement that
will be filed as part of the Exhibits hereto.
 
    In addition, the Registrant intends to purchase a directors and officers
liability insurance policy.
 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    On November 18, 1997, the Registrant issued and sold 7,100,000 shares of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to 18 investors for an aggregate purchase
price of $7,100,000. On July 7, 1998, the Registrant issued and sold 80,000
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to two investors for an aggregate
purchase price of $80,000. Upon completion of this offering, the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into 17,950,000 shares of common stock,
$0.001
 
                                      II-1

<PAGE>
par value (the "Common Stock"), which reflects a 1.5-for-1 split of the Common
Stock in October 1999, and a 5-for-3 split of the Common Stock in
December 1999. These sales were made in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D,
promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as
transactions to accredited investors by an issuer not involving a public
offering.
 
    On September 23, 1998, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of
3,144,287 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to a total of 20
investors for an aggregate purchase price of $15,721,435. On December 10, 1998,
the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 10,000 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock to one investor for a purchase price of $50,000. On
May 24, 1999, the Registrant issued and sold 50,000 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock to one investor for a purchase price of $250,000.
Upon completion of this offering, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will
convert into 8,010,718 shares of Common Stock, which reflects a 1.5-for-1 split
of the Common Stock in October 1999, and a 5-for-3 split of the Common Stock in
December 1999. These sales were made in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D,
promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as
transactions to accredited investors by an issuer not involving a public
offering.
 
    On September 10, 1999, the Registrant issued and sold 1,727,993 shares of
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock to a total of 47 investors for an aggregate
purchase price of $20,407,597. On November 15, 1999, November 30, 1999 and
December 9, 1999, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 211,688 shares
of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock to a total of three investors for an
aggregate purchase price of $2,500,035. Upon completion of this offering, the
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into 4,849,202 shares of
Common Stock, which reflects a 1.5-for-1 split of the Common Stock in
October 1999, and a 5-for-3 split of the Common Stock in December 1999. These
transactions were made in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D, promulgated
under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions
to accredited investors by an issuer not involving a public offering.
 
    On March 9, 2000, the Registrant issued and sold 1,509,154 shares of
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock to a total of 20 investors for an aggregate
purchase price of $24,750,126. Upon completion of this offering, the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into 1,509,154 shares of Common Stock.
This transaction was made in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D, promulgated
under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions
to accredited investors by an issuer not involving a public offering.
 
   
    As of May 15, 2000, the Registrant has outstanding options to certain
employees, officers and consultants of the Registrant, to purchase an aggregate
of 3,641,160 shares of Common Stock under the Registrant's Amended and Restated
1997 Stock Incentive Plan. The purchase price under the options ranges from
$0.02 to $14.00 per share based on the fair market value of the stock on the
date of grant. The Registrant has issued grants of restricted stock to certain
employees, officers and consultants of the Registrant, and as of May 15, 2000
there were 14,500,968 shares of restricted stock outstanding under the
Registrant's Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan. The purchase price
of the restricted stock ranged from $0.02 to $14.00 per share based on the fair
market value of the stock on the date of issuance. These grants of options, and
sales of restricted stock were made in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under
the Securities Act and are deemed to be exempt transactions as sales of an
issuer's securities pursuant to a written plan or contract relating to the
compensation of such individuals and upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as
transactions not involving any public offering.
    
 
                                      II-2

<PAGE>

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
    The following is a list of exhibits filed as a part of this registration
statement:
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       EXHIBIT
       NUMBER                                   DESCRIPTION
---------------------   ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>
  1.1*                  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1                   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
                        Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2                   Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
  4.1                   Specimen Certificate for shares of the Registrant's common
                        stock.
  5.1                   Opinion of Bingham Dana LLP, counsel to the Registrant,
                        regarding the legality of the shares of common stock
                        registered hereunder.
 10.1*                  Lease, dated January 21, 1999, as amended, between the
                        Registrant and Glenborough Fund V, Limited Partnership with
                        respect to property located at 5 Carlisle Road, Westford,
                        Massachusetts.
 10.2                   Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan of the
                        Registrant.
 10.3                   2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.4*                  Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        November 18, 1997, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.5*                  Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        September 23, 1998, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.6*                  Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        September 10, 1999, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.7*                  Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        March 9, 2000, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.8*                  Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated
                        as of March 9, 2000 by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.9*                  Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and
                        Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2000, among the
                        Registrant and the persons and entities listed on the
                        signature pages thereto.
 10.10*                 Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 6, 1998, by
                        and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
 10.11*                 Modification Agreement, dated as of November 31, 1998, by
                        and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
 10.12*                 Modification Agreement, dated as of November 29, 1999, by
                        and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
 10.13*                 Agreement of Sublease, dated April 14, 2000, between the
                        Registrant and Unisphere Solutions, Inc. with respect to
                        property located at 25 Porter Road, Littleton,
                        Massachusetts.
 10.14*                 Promissory Note, dated November 4, 1998, of Hassan M. Ahmed
                        to the Registrant and associated Pledge Agreement.
 10.15*                 Promissory Note, dated September 1, 1999, of Stephen J. Nill
                        to the Registrant and associated Pledge Agreement.
 21.1*                  Subsidiary of the Registrant.
 23.1                   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
 23.2                   Consent of Bingham Dana LLP, counsel to the Registrant
                        (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 24.1*                  Power of Attorney (included in signature page to
                        Registration Statement).
 27.1*                  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

    
 
------------------------
 
   
*   Previously filed.
    
 
                                      II-3

<PAGE>
    All schedules have been omitted because either they are not required, are
not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the Consolidated
Financial Statements and notes thereto.
 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 hereof, or otherwise,
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
    (1) To provide the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting
Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as
required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    (2) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (3) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Amendment
No. 2 to this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Westford, Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, on this 19(th) day of May, 2000.
    
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       SONUS NETWORKS, INC.
 
                                                       BY:             /S/ STEPHEN J. NILL
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                         Stephen J. Nill
                                                                  VICE PRESIDENT OF FINANCE AND
                                                            ADMINISTRATION AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
</TABLE>

 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 2 to this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                    TITLE                     DATE
                   ---------                                    -----                     ----
<C>                                               <S>                                 <C>
              /s/ HASSAN M. AHMED*                President, Chief Executive          May 19, 2000
     --------------------------------------         Officer and Director
                Hassan M. Ahmed                     (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                                                  Vice President of Finance           May 19, 2000
              /s/ STEPHEN J. NILL                   and Administration and
     --------------------------------------         Chief Financial Officer
                Stephen J. Nill                     (Principal Financial and
                                                    Accounting Officer)
 
               /s/ RUBIN GRUBER*                  Chairman of the Board of Directors  May 19, 2000
     --------------------------------------         and Director
                  Rubin Gruber
 
            /s/ EDWARD T. ANDERSON*               Director                            May 19, 2000
     --------------------------------------
               Edward T. Anderson
 
               /s/ PAUL J. FERRI*                 Director                            May 19, 2000
     --------------------------------------
                 Paul J. Ferri
 
             /s/ PAUL J. SEVERINO*                Director                            May 19, 2000
     --------------------------------------
                Paul J. Severino
</TABLE>

    
 

<TABLE>
<S>   <C>                                               <C>                             <C>
*By:                /s/ STEPHEN J. NILL
             ---------------------------------
                      Stephen J. Nill
                      ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>

 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       EXHIBIT
       NUMBER                                   DESCRIPTION
---------------------   ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>
  1.1*                  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1                   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
                        Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2                   Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
  4.1                   Specimen Certificate for shares of the Registrant's common
                        stock.
  5.1                   Opinion of Bingham Dana LLP, counsel to the Registrant,
                        regarding the legality of the shares of common stock
                        registered hereunder.
 10.1*                  Lease, dated January 21, 1999, as amended, between the
                        Registrant and Glenborough Fund V, Limited Partnership with
                        respect to property located at 5 Carlisle Road, Westford,
                        Massachusetts.
 10.2                   Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan of the
                        Registrant.
 10.3                   2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.4*                  Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        November 18, 1997, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.5*                  Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        September 23, 1998, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.6*                  Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        September 10, 1999, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.7*                  Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
                        March 9, 2000, by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.8*                  Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated
                        as of March 9, 2000 by and among the Registrant and the
                        "Purchaser" parties thereto.
 10.9*                  Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and
                        Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2000, among the
                        Registrant and the persons and entities listed on the
                        signature pages thereto.
 10.10*                 Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 6, 1998, by
                        and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
 10.11*                 Modification Agreement, dated as of November 31, 1998, by
                        and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
 10.12*                 Modification Agreement, dated as of November 29, 1999, by
                        and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
 10.13*                 Agreement of Sublease, dated April 14, 2000, between the
                        Registrant and Unisphere Solutions, Inc. with respect to
                        property located at 25 Porter Road, Littleton,
                        Massachusetts.
 10.14*                 Promissory Note, dated November 4, 1998, of Hassan M. Ahmed
                        to the Registrant and associated Pledge Agreement.
 10.15*                 Promissory Note, dated September 1, 1999, of Stephen J. Nill
                        to the Registrant and associated Pledge Agreement.
 21.1*                  Subsidiary of the Registrant.
 23.1                   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
 23.2                   Consent of Bingham Dana LLP, counsel to the Registrant
                        (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 24.1*                  Power of Attorney (included in signature page to
                        Registration Statement).
 27.1*                  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>

    
 
------------------------
 
   
*   Previously filed.
    










<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.1

                           FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                  Sonus Networks, Inc. (the "Corporation"), a corporation
organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware (the "General Corporation Law"), hereby certifies as follows:

                  FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Sonus Networks, Inc. The
original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by the
Corporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 7, 1997. The
original Certificate of Incorporation was subsequently amended and restated on
September 23, 1998, on September 10, 1999 and again on March 9, 2000 (the
original Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, the "ORIGINAL
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION").

                  SECOND: This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation: (i) was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of
Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law; and (ii) was approved by
written consent of a majority of the stockholders of the Corporation given in
accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

                  THIRD: The text of the Original Certificate of Incorporation
of the Corporation,
 as heretofore amended, is hereby further restated and
amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  FOURTH: This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 of the General
Corporation Laws, shall be effective on May ___, 2000, at ___:00 p.m. Eastern
Daylight Time.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                      NAME

         The name of the corporation (the "CORPORATION") is Sonus Networks, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                REGISTERED AGENT

                  The address of the Corporation's registered office in the
State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road in the City of Wilmington, County of New
Castle; and the name of its registered agent is Corporation Service Company.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III
                                     PURPOSE

         The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by
the Corporation is as follows:

         To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 305,000,000 shares, consisting
solely of:

         300,000,000       shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share
                           ("Common Stock"); and

         5,000,000         shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share
                           ("Preferred Stock").

         The following is a statement of the powers, designations, preferences,
privileges, and relative rights in respect of each class of capital stock of the
Corporation.

         A.  COMMON STOCK.

         1.  GENERAL. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the
holders of Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the
holders of Preferred Stock.

         2.  VOTING. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for
each share held at all meetings of stockholders. There shall be no cumulative
voting.

         3.  DIVIDENDS. Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock
from funds lawfully available therefor if, as and when determined by the Board
of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

         4.  LIQUIDATION. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be
entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to
its stockholders, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock.

         B.  PREFERRED STOCK.

         Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or
more series, each of such series to have such powers, designations, preferences,
and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights, if any, and such
qualifications and restrictions, if any, of such preferences and rights, as are
stated or expressed in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors
providing for such series of Preferred Stock. Different series of Preferred
Stock shall not be construed to constitute different classes of shares for the
purposes of voting by classes unless expressly so provided in such resolution or
resolutions.


                                       2

<PAGE>

         Authority is hereby granted to the Board of Directors from time to time
to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the
creation of any such series, by resolution or resolutions to determine and fix
the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or
other special rights, if any, and the qualifications and restrictions, if any,
of such preferences and rights, including without limitation dividend rights,
conversion rights, voting rights (if any), redemption privileges, and
liquidation preferences, of such series of Preferred Stock (which need not be
uniform among series), all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by
the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation or issuance
of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior
to, rank equally with, or be junior to the Preferred Stock of any other series,
all to the fullest extent permitted by law. No resolution, vote, or consent of
the holders of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be required in
connection with the creation or issuance of any shares of any series of
Preferred Stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of this Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the right to any such resolution,
vote, or consent being expressly waived by all present and future holders of the
capital stock of the Corporation.

         Any resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors
pursuant to the authority vested in them by this Article IV shall be set forth
in a certificate of designation along with the number of shares of stock of such
series as to which the resolution or resolutions shall apply and such
certificate shall be executed, acknowledged, filed, recorded, and shall become
effective, in accordance with ss.103 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware. Unless otherwise provided in any such resolution or resolutions,
the number of shares of stock of any such series to which such resolution or
resolutions apply may be increased (but not above the total number of authorized
shares of the class) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof
then outstanding) by a certificate likewise executed, acknowledged, filed and
recorded, setting forth a statement that a specified increase or decrease
therein has been authorized and directed by a resolution or resolutions likewise
adopted by the Board of Directors. In case the number of such shares shall be
decreased, the number of shares so specified in the certificate shall resume the
status which they had prior to the adoption of the first resolution or
resolutions. When no shares of any such class or series are outstanding, either
because none were issued or because none remain outstanding, a certificate
setting forth a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors that
none of the authorized shares of such class or series are outstanding, and that
none will be issued subject to the certificate of designations previously filed
with respect to such class or series, may be executed, acknowledged, filed and
recorded in the same manner as previously described and it shall have the effect
of eliminating from this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation all
matters set forth in the certificate of designations with respect to such class
or series of stock. If no shares of any such class or series established by a
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors have been issued,
the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other rights, if any, with the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, may be amended by a resolution or resolutions adopted by
the Board of Directors. In the event of any such amendment, a certificate which
(i) states that no shares of such class or series have been issued, (ii) sets
forth the copy of the amending resolution or resolutions and (iii) if the
designation of such class or series is being changed, indicates the original
designation and the new designation, shall be executed, acknowledged, filed,
recorded, and shall become effective, in accordance with ss.103 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                                       3

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         The following provisions are inserted for the management of the
business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for defining
and regulating the powers of the Corporation and its directors and stockholders
and are in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon the
Corporation by statute:

                  (a) The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes
         of directors, such classes to be as nearly equal in number of directors
         as possible, having staggered three-year terms of office, the term of
         office of the directors of the first such class to expire as of the
         first annual meeting of the Corporation's stockholders following the
         closing of the Corporation's first public offering of shares of Common
         Stock registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
         those of the second class to expire as of the second annual meeting of
         the Corporation's stockholders following such closing, and those of the
         third class as of the third annual meeting of the Corporation's
         stockholders following such closing, such that at each annual meeting
         of stockholders after such closing, nominees will stand for election to
         succeed those directors whose terms are to expire as of such meeting.
         Any director serving as such pursuant to this paragraph (b) of Article
         V may be removed only for cause and only by the vote of the holders of
         66 2/3% of the shares of the Corporation's stock entitled to vote for
         the election of directors.

                  (b) The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority:
         (i) to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws of the Corporation, subject only
         to such limitations, if any, as may be from time to time imposed by
         other provisions of this Certificate, by law, or by the By-Laws; and
         (ii) to the full extent permitted or not prohibited by law, and without
         the consent of or other action by the stockholders, to authorize or
         create mortgage, pledges or other liens or encumbrances upon any or all
         of the assets, real, personal or mixed, and franchises of the
         Corporation, including after-acquired property, and to exercise all of
         the powers of the Corporation in connection therewith.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the
Corporation or to any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such
liability; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent required from time to time by
applicable law, this Article VI shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a
director, to the extent such liability is provided by applicable law, (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of
Title 8 of the Delaware Code, or (iv) for any transactions from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this
Article VI shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged
liability of any director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such
director occurring prior to the effective date of such amendment or repeal.


                                       4

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145
of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as amended from time to time,
indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he
is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or
is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as
a director, officer or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including
any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been
taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgements, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding and any appeal therefrom.

         Indemnification may include payment by the Corporation of expenses in
defending an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such
action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to
repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not
entitled to indemnification under this Article VII, which undertaking may be
accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make such
repayment.

         The Corporation shall not indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by
such person unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of
Directors.

         The indemnification rights provided in this Article VII (i) shall not
be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be
entitled under any law, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such persons. The Corporation may, to the extent
authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification
rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving
the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than,
those set forth in this Article VII.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                          COMPROMISES AND ARRANGEMENTS

         Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any Class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of ss.391 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of
trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of ss.279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code,
order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to
be summoned in such a manner as the said court directs. If a majority of the
number representing three-fourths (3/4ths) in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the


                                       5

<PAGE>

compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all
creditors or class of creditors, and/or stockholders or class of stockholders of
the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         The Board of Directors, when considering a tender offer or merger or
acquisition proposal, may take into account factors in addition to potential
economic benefits to stockholders, including without limitation (i) comparison
of the proposed consideration to be received by stockholders in relation to the
then current market price of the Corporation's capital stock, the estimated
current value of the Corporation in a freely negotiated transaction, and the
estimated future value of the Corporation as an independent entity, (ii) the
impact of such a transaction on the employees, suppliers, and customers of the
Corporation and its effect on the communities in which the Corporation operates,
and (iii) the impact of such a transaction on the unique corporate culture and
atmosphere of the Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE X
                               STOCKHOLDER ACTION

         Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the
Corporation may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the
stockholders, and not by written consent in lieu of such a meeting, and special
meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the President, or a majority of the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   AMENDMENTS

         The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding voting stock of the Corporation (in addition to any separate class
vote that may in the future be required pursuant to the terms of any outstanding
Preferred Stock) shall be required to amend or repeal the provisions of Articles
IV (to the extent it relates to the authority of the Board of Directors to issue
shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, the terms of which may be
determined by the Board of Directors), V, VII, IX, X, or XI of this Fourth
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or to reduce the numbers of
authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Fourth Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed on its behalf as of
_________, 2000.




                                       SONUS NETWORKS, INC.



                                       By: ______________________________
                                                Hassan Ahmed
                                                President


                                       6



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.2


                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                          AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS



                              ARTICLE I. - GENERAL.

         1.1. OFFICES. The registered office of Sonus Networks, Inc. (the
"Company") shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of
Delaware. The Company may also have offices at such other places both within and
without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine or the business of the Company may require.

         1.2. SEAL. The seal, if any, of the Company shall be in the form of a
circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Company, the year of its
organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware."

         1.3.  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Company shall be the period
from January 1 through December 31.

                           ARTICLE II. - STOCKHOLDERS.

         2.1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Each meeting of the stockholders shall be held
upon notice as hereinafter provided, at such place as the Board of Directors
shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.

         2.2. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be
held each year on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may
determine. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect
such members of the Board of Directors as are standing
 for election, by
plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as
may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business
may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall
have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws.

         2.3. QUORUM. At all meetings of the stockholders the holders of a
majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite
for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, or these by-laws. Whether or not there
is such a quorum at any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders
entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, may
adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at
the meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice
of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled
to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount
of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted that might
have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called. The
stockholders present in person or by

<PAGE>

proxy at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

         2.4. RIGHT TO VOTE; PROXIES. Subject to the provisions of the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of a share or shares of capital stock
of the Company having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one
vote for each such share of stock held by him. Any stockholder entitled to vote
at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no
proxy that is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is
offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it
shall be effective for a longer period. A proxy may be granted by a writing
executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by transmission or
authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of
electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to
a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization, or like agent
duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive
such transmission, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 212 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, as it may be amended from time to time (the
"DGCL").

         2.5. VOTING. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise
expressly provided for by statute, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation,
as it may be amended from time to time, or these by-laws, (i) in all matters
other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of
shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to
vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (ii) directors
shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of
directors.

         2.6. NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETINGS. Written notice of the annual meeting of
the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at
such address as appears on the stock books of the Company at least ten (10) days
(and not more than sixty (60) days) prior to the meeting. The Board of Directors
may postpone any annual meeting of the stockholders at its discretion, even
after notice thereof has been mailed. It shall be the duty of every stockholder
to furnish to the Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, if any, of
the class of stock owned by him and his post-office address, and to notify the
Secretary of any change therein. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who
submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated
therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder
attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of
the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not
lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified
in any written waiver of notice.

         2.7. STOCKHOLDERS' LIST. A complete list of the stockholders entitled
to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and
showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in
the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and filed
either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held, at least ten days before such meeting,
and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole
time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a
purpose germane to the meeting.

         2.8. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called only by
the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or a majority of the
Board of Directors. Any such person or persons may postpone any special meeting
of the stockholders at its or their discretion, even after notice thereof has
been mailed.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

         2.9. NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS. Written notice of a special meeting of
stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed,
postage prepaid, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before
such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, at such address as
appears on the books of the Company. No business may be transacted at such
meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice
given also in compliance with the provisions hereof, or such other business as
may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices. Notice
need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice
signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a
stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

         2.10.  INSPECTORS.  

                1.   One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of
         Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such
         appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such
         appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or
         inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls,
         receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all
         questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of
         proxies, and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector
         previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to
         serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.

                2.   At any time at which the Company has a class of voting
         stock that is (i) listed on a national securities exchange, (ii)
         authorized for quotation on an inter-dealer quotation system of a
         registered national securities association, or (iii) held of record by
         more than 2,000 stockholders, the provisions of Section 231 of the DGCL
         with respect to inspectors of election and voting procedures shall
         apply, in lieu of the provisions of paragraph 1 of this ss. 2.10.

         2.11. STOCKHOLDERS' CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING. Unless otherwise
provided in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to
be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company, or any
action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders,
may be taken only at such a meeting, and not by written consent of stockholders.

         2.12. PROCEDURES. For nominations for the Board of Directors or for
other business to be properly brought by a stockholder before a meeting of
stockholders, the stockholder must first have given timely written notice
thereof to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a notice of nominations
or other business to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders must be
delivered to the Secretary not less than 120 nor more than 150 days prior to the
first anniversary of the date of the Company's proxy statement delivered to
stockholders in connection with the preceding year's annual meeting, or if the
date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days
after such anniversary, or if no proxy statement was delivered to stockholders
by the Company in connection with the preceding year's annual meeting, such
notice must be delivered not earlier than 90 days prior to such annual meeting
and not later than the later of (i) 60 days prior to the annual meeting or (ii)
10 days following the date on which public announcement of the date of such
annual meeting is first made by the Company. With respect to special meetings of
stockholders, such notice must be delivered to the Secretary not more than 90
days prior to such meeting and not later than the later of (i) 60 days prior to
such meeting or (ii) 10 days following the date on which public announcement of
the date of such meeting is first made by the Company. Such notice must contain
the name and address of the stockholder delivering the notice and a


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

statement with respect to the amount of the Company's stock beneficially and/or
legally owned by such stockholder, the nature of any such beneficial ownership
of such stock, the beneficial ownership of any such stock legally held by such
stockholder but beneficially owned by one or more others, and the length of time
for which all such stock has been beneficially and/or legally owned by such
stockholder, and information about each nominee for election as a director
substantially equivalent to that which would be required in a proxy statement
pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder,
and/or a description of the proposed business to be brought before the meeting,
as the case may be.

                            ARTICLE III. - DIRECTORS.

         3.1.  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

         (a) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, or these by-laws, the property and business of the Company shall
be managed by or under the direction of a board of directors. Directors need not
be stockholders, residents of Delaware, or citizens of the United States. The
use of the phrase "whole board" herein refers to the total number of directors
which the Company would have if there were no vacancies.

         (b) The number of directors constituting the full Board of Directors
shall be five (or such other number as the Board of Directors from time to time
may determine). The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes of
directors, such classes to be as nearly equal in number of directors as
possible, having staggered three-year terms of office, the term of office of the
directors of the first such class to expire as of the first annual meeting of
the Company's stockholders following the date on which these Amended and
Restated By-laws become effective, those of the second class to expire as of the
second annual meeting of the Company's stockholders following such effective
date, and those of the third class as of the third annual meeting of the
Company's stockholders following such effective date, such that at each annual
meeting of stockholders after such effective date, nominees will stand for
election to succeed those directors whose terms are to expire as of such
meeting. Members of the Board of Directors shall hold office until the annual
meeting of stockholders at which their respective successors are elected and
qualified or until their earlier death, incapacity, resignation, or removal.
Except as the DGCL or the Company's Certificate of Incorporation may otherwise
require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or special
meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the
removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that
connection, any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled
vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause, may be filled by
the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less
than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

         (c) If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death,
resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the
remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of
such remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold
office for the unexpired term.

         3.2. RESIGNATION. Any director of the Company may resign at any time by
giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the
Secretary of the Company. Such resignation shall take effect at the time
specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at
the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned
upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

         3.3. REMOVAL. Except as may otherwise be provided by the DGCL or the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, any director or the entire Board of
Directors may be removed only for cause and only by the vote of the holders of
66 2/3% of the shares of the Company's stock entitled to vote for the election
of directors.

         3.4. PLACE OF MEETINGS AND BOOKS. The Board of Directors may hold their
meetings and keep the books of the Company outside the State of Delaware, at
such places as they may from time to time determine.

         3.5. GENERAL POWERS. In addition to the powers and authority expressly
conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of
the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or by these by-laws directed or
required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

         3.6. OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may designate one or more
committees, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole
board; such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of
the Company, and to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions
designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company to the
extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the
Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it. Such committee or
committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time
by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

         3.7. POWERS DENIED TO COMMITTEES. Committees of the Board of Directors
shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent
authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares
adopted by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the DGCL, fix
the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to
dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Company or
the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other
class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes
of stock of the Company or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or
authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopt an
agreement of merger or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale,
lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the Company's property and
assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Company or a
revocation of a dissolution, or to amend the by-laws of the Company. Further, no
committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare
a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of
ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL, unless the resolution
or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.

         3.8. SUBSTITUTE COMMITTEE MEMBER. In the absence or on the
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or
they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of
Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified
member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report
the same to the board as may be required by the board.

         3.9. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors shall have the
power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the
Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each
meeting of the Board of Directors, may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at
each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director and may
receive stock options grants and issuances of restricted stock under the
Company's equity incentive plan(s). No such


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

payment shall preclude any director from serving the Company in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing
committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

         3.10. REGULAR MEETINGS. No notice shall be required for regular
meetings of the Board of Directors for which the time and place have been fixed.
Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given
for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the
directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director who submits a
written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein.
Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice
of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to
be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the
directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

         3.11. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board may be called by
the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President, on two (2) days notice to
each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will
nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so
notified; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and
on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.

         3.12. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of
the whole board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at
any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of
Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by
statute, or by the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, or by these by-laws.
If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a
majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a
quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by
announcement at said meeting that shall be so adjourned.

         3.13. TELEPHONIC PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS. Members of the Board of
Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting
of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

         3.14. ACTION BY CONSENT. Unless otherwise restricted by the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof
may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all
members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written
consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

                             ARTICLE IV. - OFFICERS.

         4.1. SELECTION; STATUTORY OFFICERS. The officers of the Company shall
be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary,
and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, one or
more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more
Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices
may be held by the


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

same person, except that the offices of President and Secretary shall not be
held by the same person simultaneously.

         4.2. TIME OF ELECTION. The officers above named shall be chosen by the
Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of
stockholders. None of said officers need be a director.

         4.3. ADDITIONAL OFFICERS. The board may appoint such other officers and
agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms
and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined
from time to time by the board.

         4.4. TERMS OF OFFICE. Each officer of the Company shall hold office
until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or
removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be
removed at any time by the Board of Directors.

         4.5. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors shall have power
to fix the compensation of all officers of the Company. It may authorize any
officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been
conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.

         4.6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board of Directors
shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have
such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of
Directors.

         4.7. PRESIDENT. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the
President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Company. Unless
there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of
directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors, the
President shall have the general control and management of its business and
affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors to confer any
specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the
President, upon any other officer or officers of the Company. The President
shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President
and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board
of Directors.

         4.8. VICE-PRESIDENTS. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such duties on
behalf of the Company as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time
by the Board of Directors or by the President. The Board of Directors may
designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the
absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President
shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the
President, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

         4.9. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all
the funds and securities of the Company that may come into his hands as
Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other
instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or
proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Company in such bank or
banks or depository as the Board of Directors, or the officers or agents to whom
the Board of Directors may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may
endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the
Company. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the
Company. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of
Directors as often as the board or the committee shall require the same. He
shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and
adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the
Company. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer,
subject to the control of the Board of Directors. He shall


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

when requested, pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors, give a bond to the
Company conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of
which bond shall be borne by the Company.

         4.10. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings
of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders; he shall attend to the giving
and serving of all notices of the Company. Except as otherwise ordered by the
Board of Directors, he shall attest the seal of the Company upon all contracts
and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Company
thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Company. He
shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger,
and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct. He shall,
in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the
Board of Directors.

         4.11. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Board of Directors or any two of the
officers of the Company acting jointly may appoint or remove one or more
Assistant Secretaries of the Company. Any Assistant Secretary upon his
appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all
such other duties as the Board of Directors or the President or the Executive
Vice-President or the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.

         4.12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Board of Directors or any two of the
officers of the Company acting jointly may appoint or remove one or more
Assistant Treasurers of the Company. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his
appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and
all such other duties as the Board of Directors or the President or the
Executive Vice-President or the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.

         4.13. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may select such
subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold
office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the
Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time,
authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to
prescribe the powers and duties thereof.

                               ARTICLE V. - STOCK.

         5.1. STOCK. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or
certificates of stock of the Company in such form as the Board of Directors may
from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Company shall be
numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Company as they are issued.
They shall certify the holder's name and number and class of shares and shall be
signed by both of (i) either the President or a Vice-President, and (ii) any one
of the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Company. If such
certificate is countersigned (l) by a transfer agent other than the Company or
its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Company or its employee, the
signature of the officers of the Company and the corporate seal may be
facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose
facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate
or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Company,
whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the Company, such certificate or
certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Company and be issued and
delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or
certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not
ceased to be such officer or officers of the Company.

         5.2. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS. The Company may, but shall not be
required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Company does not issue fractions
of a share, it shall (i) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by
those entitled thereto, (ii) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are
determined, or (iii) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form that
shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the
surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for
a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise
provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive
dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Company in the
event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be
issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged
for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to
the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may
be sold by the Company and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of
scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions that the Board of
Directors may impose.

         5.3. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in
force, the shares of stock of the Company shall be transferable only upon its
books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or
legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be
surrendered to the Company by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of
the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the
directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates
shall thereupon be issued. The Company shall be entitled to treat the holder of
record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and
accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall
have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by the laws of
Delaware.

         5.4. RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of
any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record
date, that shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days
before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any
other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the
record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the
close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent
to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the
Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written
consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any
other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of
Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

         5.5. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The Board of Directors may appoint
one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and
may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any
of them.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>

         5.6.  DIVIDENDS.  

                1.   POWER TO DECLARE. Dividends upon the capital stock of the
         Company, subject to the provisions of the Company's Certificate of
         Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any
         regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in
         cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the
         provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and the laws
         of Delaware.

                2.   RESERVES. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set
         aside out of any funds of the Company available for dividends such sum
         or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute
         discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet
         contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or
         maintaining any property of the Company, or for such other purpose as
         the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Company, and
         the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in
         which it was created.

         5.7. LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. No certificates for
shares of stock of the Company shall be issued in place of any certificate
alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, except upon production of such
evidence of the loss, theft, or destruction and upon indemnification of the
Company and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of
Directors may from time to time prescribe.

         5.8. INSPECTION OF BOOKS. The stockholders of the Company, by a
majority vote at any meeting of stockholders duly called, or in case the
stockholders shall fail to act, the Board of Directors shall have power from
time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and
places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the
Company (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to
inspection of stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect
any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by statute or
authorized by the Board of Directors or by a resolution of the stockholders.

               ARTICLE VI. - MISCELLANEOUS MANAGEMENT PROVISIONS.

         6.1. CHECKS, DRAFTS, AND NOTES. All checks, drafts, or orders for the
payment of money, and all notes and acceptances of the Company shall be signed
by such officer or officers, or such agent or agents, as the Board of Directors
may designate.

         6.2.  NOTICES.  

                1.   Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders
         shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the
         directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of
         the Company. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time
         when the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by
         telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person.

                2.   Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
         provisions of any applicable statute or of the Company's Certificate of
         Incorporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed
         by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or
         after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such
         notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a
         person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting
         except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of
         objecting, at


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

         the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
         because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

         6.3. CONFLICT OF INTEREST. No contract or transaction between the
Company and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Company and
any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which
one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a
financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely
because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of
the board of or committee thereof that authorized the contract or transaction,
or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the
material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the
committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or
transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested
directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or
(ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the
contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the
Company entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction as
specifically approved in good faith by vote of such stockholders; or (iii) the
contract or transaction is fair as to the Company as of the time it is
authorized, approved, or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the
stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the
presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee
that authorizes the contract or transaction.

         6.4. VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE COMPANY. Subject always to the
specific directions of the Board of Directors, (i) any shares or other
securities issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by the
Company may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other
corporation by the President of the Company if he is present at such meeting, or
in his absence by the Treasurer of the Company if he is present at such meeting,
and (ii) whenever, in the judgment of the President, it is desirable for the
Company to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other
securities issued by any other corporation and owned by the Company, such proxy
or consent shall be executed in the name of the Company by the President,
without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation
of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer,
provided that if the President is unable to execute such proxy or consent by
reason of sickness, absence from the United States or other similar cause, the
Treasurer may execute such proxy or consent. Any person or persons designated in
the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of the Company shall have full
right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such
other corporation and owned by the Company the same as such shares or other
securities might be voted by the Company.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE VII. - INDEMNIFICATION.

         7.1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. Each person who was or is made a party
or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a
"Proceeding"), by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the
Company or serving or having served at the request of the Company as a director,
trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (an "Indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is
alleged action or failure to act in an official capacity as a director, trustee,
officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director,
trustee, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by
the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or
may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the
extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader
indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto) (as used in this Article 7,
the "Delaware Law"), against all expense, liability and loss (including
attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts
paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in
connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee
who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee's heirs, executors, and administrators;
provided, however, that, except as provided in ss.7.2 hereof with respect to
Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company shall indemnify
any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated
by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by
the Board of Directors of the Company. The right to indemnification conferred in
this Article 7 shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid
by the Company the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending
any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an "Advancement of
Expenses"); provided, however, that, if the Delaware Law so requires, an
Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee shall be made only upon
delivery to the Company of an undertaking (an "Undertaking"), by or on behalf of
such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be
determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to
appeal (a "Final Adjudication") that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified for such expenses under this Article 7 or otherwise.

         7.2. RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT. If a claim under ss.7.1 hereof
is not paid in full by the Company within sixty days after a written claim has
been received by the Company, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement
of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the
Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover
the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such
suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses
pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be
paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit
brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but
not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of
Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Company to
recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking the
Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication
that, the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
the Delaware Law. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the
Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Law, nor an actual
determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, independent
legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such
applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee
has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit
brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of
Expenses hereunder, or by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses
pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the
Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of
Expenses, under this Article 7 or otherwise shall be on the Company.

         7.3. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights to indemnification and to
the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article 7 shall not be exclusive
of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any
statute, the Company's Certificate or Incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

         7.4. INSURANCE. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to
protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have
the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under
this Article 7 or under the Delaware Law.

         7.5. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS OF THE COMPANY. The
Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of
Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the Advancement of Expenses,
to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions
of this Article 7 with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of
Expenses of directors and officers of the Company.

                           ARTICLE VIII. - AMENDMENTS.

         8.1. AMENDMENTS. Subject always to any limitations imposed by the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be altered, amended,
or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, only by (i) the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the
Company, provided, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3%
of the outstanding voting stock of the Company shall be required for any such
alteration, amendment, repeal, or adoption that would affect or be inconsistent
with the provisions of Sections 2.11, 2.12, and this Section 8.1 (in each case,
in addition to any separate class vote that may be required pursuant to the
terms of any then outstanding preferred stock of the Company), or (ii) by
resolution of the Board of Directors duly adopted by not less than a majority of
the directors then constituting the full Board of Directors.






<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT 4.1

COMMON STOCK                                                     COMMON STOCK

Number                                                                 Shares


                                [SONUS NETWORKS, INC. LOGO]

                                    SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                     INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

                                                             SEE REVERSE SIDE
                                                      FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                                            CUSIP 835916 10 7

This certifies that

is the owner of

     FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001 of

                                SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof, in person 
or by a duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly 
endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to 
the laws of the State of Delaware and to the Certificate of Incorporation and 
By-Laws of the Corporation, all as in effect from time to time. This 
certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and 
registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of 
its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

/s/ Stephen J. Nill     [seal of Sonus Networks, Inc.]     /s/ Hassan Ahmed
Treasurer                                                  President

                                SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

THE ISSUER IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE MORE THAN ONE CLASS OR SERIES OF STOCK. A 
COPY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, 
OPTIONAL OR OTHER
 SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF, 
AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES 
AND/OR RIGHTS, WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE ISSUER WITHOUT CHARGE UPON THE 
REQUEST OF ANY STOCKHOLDER.

<PAGE>

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this 
certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full 
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common
TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN    -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants 
              in common

UNF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act _______________
                   (cust)                           (Minor)     (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, ____________________________________ hereby sell, assign 
and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE.

______________________________________________________________________ Shares 
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named 
Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated, ______________________________________

                          __________________________________________________
                            (NOTICE: The signature to this Agreement must
                             correspond with the name as written upon the
                                 face of this Certificate in every
                                 particular, without alternation or
                                 enlargement or any change whatever).

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

_________________________________________
THIS SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY
AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION
AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN
APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION
PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.



<PAGE>



                                                                     Exhibit 5.1




                                  May 19, 2000

Sonus Networks, Inc.
5 Carlisle Road
Westford, MA  01886


     Re:  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
          AS AMENDED (FILE NO. 333-32206)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Sonus Networks, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "COMPANY"), in connection with the registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "ACT"), of 5,750,000 shares
(collectively, the "SHARES") of the Company's Common Stock, $0.001 par value per
share, to be offered by the Company pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (Reg. No. 333-32206), initially filed by the Company with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") on March 10, 2000 (the "REGISTRATION
STATEMENT"), and as amended by Amendment No. 1, filed with the Commission on May
5, 2000, and by Amendment No. 2, filed with the Commission on May 19, 2000.

         As such counsel, we have reviewed the corporate proceedings taken by 
the Company with respect to the authorization of the issuance of the Shares. 
We have also examined and relied upon originals or copies, certified or 
otherwise authenticated to our satisfaction, of such corporate records, 
documents, agreements or other instruments of the Company. As to all matters 
of fact (including
 factual conclusions and characterizations and descriptions 
of purpose, intention or other state of mind) we have entirely relied upon 
certificates of officers of the Company, and have assumed, without 
independent inquiry, the accuracy of those certificates. As to our opinion 
below regarding the due authorization of the Shares, we have assumed the due 
adoption of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company presented to 
us in draft form and represented to us by the officers of the Company as 
having been adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

         We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to
the originals of all documents reviewed by us as copies, the authenticity and
completeness of all original documents reviewed by us in original or copy form
and the legal competence of each individual executing a document. We have also
assumed that the registration requirements of the Act and all applicable
requirements of state laws regulating the sale of securities will have been duly
satisfied. We have also assumed that the Company will receive the specified
purchase price for the Shares.



<PAGE>


Sonus Networks, Inc.
May 19, 2000
Page 2



         This opinion is limited solely to the Delaware General Corporation Law,
as applied by courts located in Delaware, the applicable provisions of the
Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting those
laws.

         Subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that the Shares have been
duly authorized and when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the
underwriting agreement described in the Registration Statement, will be validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

                                              Very truly yours,

                                              /s/ Bingham Dana LLP

                                              BINGHAM DANA LLP






<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 10.2


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                            1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN




<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                            <C>
1.       PURPOSE                                                                                         1

2.       TERM OF THE PLAN                                                                                1

3.       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN                                                                       1

4.       ADMINISTRATION                                                                                  2

5.       ELIGIBILITY:  MAXIMUM GRANT PER INDIVIDUAL                                                      2

6.       OPTIONS                                                                                         3

7.       RESTRICTED STOCK                                                                                4

8.       STOCK GRANTS                                                                                    6

9.       RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUE OF SHARES                                                                 6

10.      PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT; SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION                                                7

11.      WITHHOLDING; NOTICE OF DISPOSITION OF STOCK PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF SPECIFIED HOLDING PERIOD     8

12.      ADJUSTMENTS FOR CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS                                                          8

13.      RESERVATION OF STOCK                                                                            9

14.      LIMITATION OF RIGHTS IN STOCK; NO SPECIAL EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RIGHTS                           10

15.      NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN                                                                     10



<PAGE>


16.      TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN                                                          10

17.      NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS                                                               10

18.      GOVERNING LAW                                                                                  11

19.      DEFINITIONS                                                                                    11
</TABLE>




<PAGE>


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                            1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1.       PURPOSE

         This Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Stock by employees,
consultants and directors of the Company and its Affiliates and to provide
additional incentives for them to promote the success of the Company's business
through the grant of Awards of or pertaining to shares of the Company's Stock.
The Plan is intended to be an incentive stock
 option plan within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code but not all Awards granted hereunder are required to be
Incentive Options.

2.       TERM OF THE PLAN

         Unless the Plan shall have been earlier terminated by the Board, Awards
may be granted hereunder at any time in the period commencing on the approval of
the Plan by the Board and ending immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of
the earlier of the adoption of the Plan by the Board or approval of the Plan by
the Company's shareholders. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan within such
period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the Plan. Awards
of Incentive Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan are
hereby expressly conditioned upon such approval, and shall be void from their
inception in the event the shareholders of the Company shall fail to approve the
Plan within twelve (12) months of the Board's approval of the Plan.

3.       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

         Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 12
of the Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued or
transferred pursuant to Options, Restricted Stock Awards or Stock Grants under
the Plan will not exceed 27,000,000 shares, which aggregate number of shares,
automatically and without further action, will increase, effective January 1,
2001, and each January 1 thereafter during the term of the Plan, by an
additional number of shares of Stock equal to the lesser of (i) five percent
(5%) of the total number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding as of the
close of business on the immediately preceding December 31 and (ii) such number
as the Board may determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to
adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, no more
than an aggregate of 27,000,000 shares of Stock may be issued pursuant to the
exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan. The shares of Stock
to be delivered under the Plan will be made available, at the discretion of the
Committee, from authorized but unissued shares of Stock and/or from previously
issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company. If shares covered by any
Option cease to be issuable for any reason, and/or shares covered by Restricted
Stock Awards are forfeited, such number of shares will no longer be charged
against the limitation provided in this Section 3 and may again be made subject
to Awards.



<PAGE>


4.       ADMINISTRATION

         The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that at any time and on any one or more occasions the Board may itself exercise
any of the powers and responsibilities assigned the Committee under the Plan and
when so acting shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Plan
pertaining to the Committee's exercise of its authorities hereunder; and
PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER that the Committee may delegate to an executive
officer or officers the authority to grant Options to employees who are not
officers and consultants in accordance with such guidelines as the Committee
shall set forth at any time or from time to time. Subject to the provisions of
the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to
make or to select the manner of making all needful determinations with respect
to each Award to be granted by the Company in addition to any other
determination allowed the Committee under the Plan, including: (a) the employee,
consultant or director to receive the Award; (b) whether the Award will be of an
Option, Restricted Stock or a Stock Grant (and if any Option and to be granted
to an employee, whether the Option will be an Incentive Option or Nonstatutory
Option); (c) the time of granting the Award; (d) the number of shares subject to
the Award; (e) the Option Price of any Option or purchase price in respect of
any Award of Restricted Stock; (f) the Option period of any Option; (g) the
Option exercise date or dates of any Option; and (h) the effect of termination
of employment or other association with the Company and its Affiliates on the
subsequent exercisability of the Option or the recipient's retention of any
Award of Restricted Stock. In making such determinations, the Committee may take
into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees,
consultants and directors, their present and potential contributions to the
success of the Company and its subsidiaries, and such other factors as the
Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the provisions of
the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the
Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to
determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award Agreements (which
need not be identical), and to make all other determinations necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee's determinations
made in good faith on matters referred to in this Plan shall be final, binding
and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under this Plan or
an Award made pursuant hereto.

5.       ELIGIBILITY:  MAXIMUM GRANT PER INDIVIDUAL

         Pursuant and subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee may grant
from time to time and at any time prior to the termination of the Plan, one or
more Awards, either alone or in combination with any other Awards, to any
employee, consultant or director of one or more of the Company or an Affiliate.
In no event shall the number of shares with respect to which Awards may be
granted hereunder to any one individual in any one calendar year exceed 25% of
the number set forth in the second sentence of Section 3, as the same may be
adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 12.

6.       OPTIONS

         PROVISION FOR GRANT. Awards may be granted under the Plan in the form
of Options.

         ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Any Options shall have the
following terms and conditions and such other terms and conditions, not
inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe.



<PAGE>


                  (a) DATE OF GRANT. The granting of an Option shall take place
at the time specified in the Option Agreement. Only if expressly so provided in
the applicable Award Agreement shall the Grant Date be the date on which the
Award Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and
the Optionee.

                  (b) OPTION PRICE. The Option Price under each Incentive Option
shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of Stock on the Grant Date,
or not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of Stock on the Grant Date if the
Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. The Option Price under each Nonstatutory Option
shall not be so limited solely by reason of this Section 6.

                  (c) OPTION PERIOD. No Incentive Option may be exercised on or
after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, or on or after the fifth
anniversary of the Grant Date, if the Optionee is a Ten Percent Owner. The
Option period under each Nonstatutory Option shall not be so limited solely by
reason of this Section 6.2(c).

                  (d) EXERCISABILITY. An Option may be immediately exercisable
or become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the
Committee may determine. In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately
exercisable in full, the Committee may Accelerate the exercisability of such
Option in whole or in part at any time, provided the Acceleration of the
exercisability of any Incentive Option would not cause the Option to fail to
comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code or the Optionee consents
to such Acceleration.

                  (e) TERMINATION OF ASSOCIATION WITH THE COMPANY. Unless the
Committee shall provide otherwise in the grant of a particular Option under the
Plan, if the Optionee's employment or other association with the Company and its
Affiliates is terminated, whether voluntarily or otherwise and including on an
entity ceasing to be an Affiliate of the Company, any Option shall cease to be
exercisable in any respect not later than ninety (90) days following such
termination and, for the period it remains exercisable following termination,
shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of termination.
Military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a
termination of employment or other association, PROVIDED that it does not exceed
the longer of 90 days or the period during which the absent recipient's
reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

                  (f) TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. Except as otherwise provided
in this Section, Options shall not be transferable, other than by will or the
laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the life of the
Optionee only by the Optionee. The Committee may, upon the grant of an Award of
a Nonstatutory Option or by amendment to the agreement evidencing such an Award,
provide that such Award may be transferred by the recipient to an Immediate
Family Member or to a charitable organization describe in Code Section
501(c)(3); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such transfer is without payment of any
consideration whatsoever and that no transfer of an Option shall be valid unless
first approved by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion.



<PAGE>


                  (g) EXERCISE OF OPTION. An Option may be exercised by the 
Optionee giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 17, 
specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Option is then 
being exercised. The notice shall be accompanied by payment in the form of 
cash or check payable to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the 
option price of the shares to be purchased or, subject to such conditions, if 
any, as the Committee may deem necessary to avoid adverse accounting effects 
to the Company, by delivery of that number of shares of Stock having a fair 
market value equal to the option price of the shares to be purchased. Receipt 
by the Company of such notice and payment shall constitute the exercise of 
the Option. Within 30 days thereafter but subject to the remaining provisions 
of the Plan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the 
Optionee or his agent a certificate or certificates for the number of shares 
then being purchased. Such shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. 
Nothing herein shall be construed to preclude the Company from participating 
in a so-called "cashless exercise", provided the Optionee or other person 
exercising the Option and each other party involved in any such exercise 
shall comply with such procedures, and enter into such agreements, of 
indemnity or otherwise, as the Company shall specify.

         6.3. LIMIT ON INCENTIVE OPTION CHARACTERIZATION. An Incentive Option
shall be considered to be an Incentive Option only to the extent that the number
of shares of Stock for which the Option first becomes exercisable in a calendar
year do not have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date of the grant of
the Option) in excess of the "current limit". The current limit for any Optionee
for any calendar year shall be $100,000 MINUS the aggregate Fair Market Value at
the date of grant of the number of shares of Stock available for purchase for
the first time in the same year under each other Incentive Option previously
granted to the Optionee under the Plan, and under each other incentive stock
option previously granted to the Optionee under any other incentive stock option
plan of the Company and its Affiliates, after December 31, 1986. Any shares of
Stock which would cause the foregoing limit to be violated shall be deemed to
have been granted under a separate Nonstatutory Option, otherwise identical in
its terms to those of the Incentive Option.

7.       RESTRICTED STOCK

         7.1 PROVISION FOR GRANT. Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued
either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan at such
price, if any, as the Committee may determine. The Committee shall condition the
grant of Restricted Stock upon the completion of additional service, attainment
of specified performance goals or such other factors as the Committee may
determine.

         7.2 AWARDS AND CERTIFICATES. The prospective recipient of a
Restricted Stock Award shall not have any rights with respect to such Award,
unless and until such recipient has executed an agreement evidencing the Award,
has delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and has otherwise
complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

         7.3 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Grants of Restricted Stock may
be made under the following additional terms and conditions and such other terms
and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee
may prescribe:

                  (a) PURCHASE PRICE. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued
under the Plan for such consideration, in cash, other property or services, as
is determined by the Committee.



<PAGE>


                  (b) ACCEPTANCE OF AWARDS. Awards of Restricted Stock must be
accepted within a period of 60 days (or such shorter period as the Committee may
specify at grant) after the Award date, by executing a Restricted Stock Award
agreement and paying whatever price (if any) is required pursuant to the terms
of the Award.

                  (c) ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES. Each Participant receiving a
Restricted Stock Award, subject to subsection (d) below, shall be issued a stock
certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate
shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and, if applicable, shall
bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions
applicable to such Award substantially in the following form:

         The transferability of this certificate and the shares represented by
         this certificate are subject to the terms and conditions of the Sonus
         Networks, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and an Award Agreement entered
         into by the registered owner and Sonus Networks, Inc. Copies of such
         Plan and Agreement are on file in the offices of Sonus Networks, Inc.
         at 5 Carlisle Road, Westford, Massachusetts 01886.

                  (d) ESCROW OF SHARES. The Committee may require that the stock
certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a
designated escrow agent until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and
that the Participant deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the
Stock covered by such Award.

                  (e) RESTRICTIONS AND RESTRICTION PERIOD. During the
Restriction Period applicable to shares of Restricted Stock, such shares shall
be subject to limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on
the basis of such conditions, related to the performance of service, Company or
Affiliate performance or otherwise, as the Committee may determine and cause to
be set out in the applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be
waived, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on
such basis as it deems appropriate.

                  (f) TRANSFERABILITY. Notwithstanding subsection (e) above, the
Committee may permit gratuitous transfers to or for the benefit of Immediate
Family Members or charitable organizations described in Code Section 501(c)(3)
on the same basis as allowed in Section 6.2(f) with respect to Nonstatutory
Options and provided the transferred Award shall remain subject to any
applicable restriction on transfer and Risk of Forfeiture. The Committee may
provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or
waive such restrictions in whole or in part, based on service, performance
and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine.

                  (g) RIGHTS PENDING LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS OR FORFEITURE OF
AWARD. Except as provided in this subsection (g) and subsections (e) and (f)
above, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted
Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to
vote the shares, and the right to receive any cash dividends. The Committee, as
determined at the time of Award, may permit or require the payment of cash
dividends to be deferred and, if the Committee so determines, reinvested in
additional Restricted Stock to the extent shares are available under Section 3.



<PAGE>


                  (h) EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ASSOCIATION. Unless
otherwise determined by the Committee at grant and subject to the applicable
provisions of the Award agreement and this Section 7, upon termination of a
Participant's employment or other association with the Company and its
Affiliates for any reason during the Restriction Period including on an entity
ceasing to be an Affiliate of the Company, all shares still subject to the Risk
of Forfeiture shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to or repurchase
by the Company on the terms specified in the Award Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a
termination of employment or other association, if it does not exceed the longer
of 90 days or the period during which the absent optionee's reemployment rights,
if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

                  (i) LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS. If and when the Restriction Period
expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock subject to such
Restriction Period, the certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the
Participant promptly if not theretofore so delivered.

8.       STOCK GRANTS

         In recognition of significant contributions to the success of the
Company or its Affiliates, in lieu of compensation otherwise already due and in
such other limited circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate, shares of
Stock may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under
the Plan at such price, if any, as the Committee may determine. Stock Grant
Awards shall be made without forfeiture conditions of any kind and otherwise
pursuant to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine.

9.       RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUE OF SHARES

         9.1. VIOLATION OF LAW. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the issuance of
shares of Stock covered by an Award may constitute a violation of law, then the
Company may delay such issuance and the delivery of a certificate for such
shares until (i) approval shall have been obtained from such governmental
agencies, other than the Securities and Exchange Commission, as may be required
under any applicable law, rule, or regulation; and (ii) in the case where such
issuance would constitute a violation of a law administered by or a regulation
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, one of the following conditions shall
have been satisfied:

                  (a) the shares are at the time of the issue of such shares
effectively registered under the Act; or

                  (b) the Company shall have received an opinion, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Company, from the Company's legal counsel to the
effect that the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other
disposition of such shares or such beneficial interest, as the case may be, does
not require registration under the Act or any applicable State securities laws.

                The Company shall make all reasonable efforts to bring about the
occurrence of said events.



<PAGE>


10.      PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT; SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION

         10.1. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION. Unless the shares to be issued
pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan have been effectively registered under
the Act, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue any shares covered by
any Award unless the recipient of such shares shall give a written
representation to the Company which is satisfactory in form and substance to its
counsel and upon which the Company may reasonably rely, that he or she is
acquiring the shares for his or her own account for the purpose of investment
and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any
such shares.

         10.2. REGISTRATION. If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable
to register under the Act or other applicable statutes any shares issued or to
be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, or to qualify any such
shares for exemption from the Act or other applicable statutes, then the Company
shall take such action at its own expense. The Company may require from each
recipient of an Award, or each holder of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to
the Plan, such information in writing for use in any registration statement,
prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably
necessary for such purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company
and its officers and directors from such holder against all losses, claims,
damage and liabilities arising from such use of the information so furnished and
caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the
omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made. In addition, the Company may require of any such
person that he or she agree that, without the prior written consent of the
Company or such managing underwriter, he or she will not sell, make any short
sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise
encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Stock during the 180 day period
commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to such
underwritten public offering of securities.

         10.3. PLACEMENT OF LEGENDS; STOP ORDERS; ETC. Each share of Stock to be
issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may bear a reference to the
investment representation made in accordance with Section 10.1 in addition to
any other applicable restriction under the Plan and the terms of the Award and
to the fact that no registration statement has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission in respect to said Stock. All certificates for shares of
Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such
stock-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable
under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of any stock exchange upon
which the Stock is then listed, and any applicable Federal or state securities
law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such
certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

11.      WITHHOLDING; NOTICE OF DISPOSITION OF STOCK
         PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF SPECIFIED HOLDING PERIOD

         11.1. TAX WITHHOLDING. Whenever shares are issued or to be issued
pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to
require the recipient to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy
federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the
extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company an
otherwise available tax deduction or otherwise) prior to the delivery of any
certificate or certificates for such shares. The obligations of the Company
under the Plan 



<PAGE>


shall be conditional on such payment and the Company shall, to the extent
permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of
any kind otherwise due to the recipient of an Award.

         11.2. NOTIFICATION OF DISPOSITION. Each person exercising any Incentive
Option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to have covenanted with the
Company to report to the Company any disposition of such shares prior to the
expiration of the holding periods specified by Section 422(a)(1) of the Code
and, if and to the extent that the realization of income in such a disposition
imposes upon the Company federal, state, local or other withholding tax
requirements, or any such withholding is required to secure for the Company an
otherwise available tax deduction, to remit to the Company an amount in cash
sufficient to satisfy those requirements.

12.      ADJUSTMENTS FOR CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS

         12.1. ADJUSTMENT FOR CORPORATE ACTIONS. All of the share numbers set
forth in the Plan reflect the capital structure of the Company as of December
31, 1999. Subject to Section 12.2, if subsequent to such date the outstanding
shares of Common Stock (or any other securities covered by the Plan by reason of
the prior application of this Section) are increased, decreased, or exchanged
for a different number or kind of shares or other securities, or if additional
shares or new or different shares or other securities are distributed with
respect to such shares of Common Stock or other securities, through merger,
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company,
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split,
reverse stock split, or other distribution with respect to such shares of Common
Stock, or other securities, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be
made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares provided in Section 3, (ii)
the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to the then
outstanding Options and Restricted Stock Awards, (iii) the exercise price for
each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding
Options (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options
remain exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of Restricted
Stock then subject to a Risk of Forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase
right.

         12.2. TREATMENT IN ACQUISITIONS. Subject to any provisions of then
outstanding Awards granting greater rights to the holders thereof, in the event
of an Acquisition (a) any then Restricted Stock shall Accelerate to the extent
that the Company's rights to reacquire such shares of Restricted Stock on
occurrence of the applicable Risk of Forfeiture with respect to those shares are
not assigned to the acquiring entity and (b) any then outstanding Options shall
Accelerate to the extent not assumed by the acquiring entity or replaced by
comparable options to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor or
acquiring entity or parent thereof, and to the extent not assumed or replaced on
the Acquisition shall then (or after a reasonable period following the
Acquisition, as determined by the Committee) terminate to the extent not
exercised. As to any one or more outstanding Options and shares of Restricted
Stock which are not otherwise Accelerated by reason of such Acquisition, the
Committee may also, either in advance of an Acquisition or at the time thereof
and upon such terms as it may deem appropriate, provide for the Acceleration of
such outstanding Options and Restricted Stock in the event that the employment
of the respective grantees of such Options or Restricted Stock Awards should
subsequently terminate following such Acquisition. Each 



<PAGE>


outstanding Option that is assumed in connection with an Acquisition, or is
otherwise to continue in effect subsequent to such Acquisition, will be
appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Acquisition, as to the number and
class of securities and the price at which it may be exercised in accordance
with Section 12.1.

         12.3. DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. Upon dissolution or liquidation of
the Company, each outstanding Option shall terminate, but the Optionee (if at
the time in the employ of or otherwise associated with the Company or any of its
Affiliates) shall have the right, immediately prior to such dissolution or
liquidation, to exercise the Option to the extent exercisable on the date of
such dissolution or liquidation.

         12.4. RELATED MATTERS. Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to this
Section 12 shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee and shall
include any correlative modification of terms, including of Option exercise
prices, Risks of Forfeiture and applicable repurchase prices for Restricted
Stock, which the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate so as to ensure the
rights of the Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially
diminished nor enlarged as a result of the adjustment and corporate action other
than as expressly contemplated in this Section 12. No fraction of a share shall
be purchasable or deliverable upon exercise, but in the event any adjustment
hereunder of the number of shares covered by an Award shall cause such number to
include a fraction of a share, such number of shares shall be adjusted to the
nearest smaller whole number of shares.

13.      RESERVATION OF STOCK

         The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and any
outstanding Options granted hereunder reserve or otherwise keep available such
number of shares of Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of
the Plan (if then in effect) and such Options and shall pay all fees and
expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

14.      LIMITATION OF RIGHTS IN STOCK; NO SPECIAL EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RIGHTS

         An Optionee shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of
the Company with respect to any of the shares of Stock covered by an Option,
except to the extent that the Option shall have been exercised with respect
thereto and, in addition, a certificate shall have been issued therefor and
delivered to the Optionee or his agent. Any Stock to be issued pursuant to
Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions upon the
transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the Certificate of
Incorporation and the By-laws of the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan or
in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any recipient of an Award any right
with respect to the continuation of his or her employment or other association
with the Company (or any Affiliate), or interfere in any way with the right of
the Company (or any Affiliate), subject to the terms of any separate employment
or consulting or other agreement or provision of law or corporate articles or
by-laws to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or consulting
or other agreement or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other
terms and conditions of the recipient's employment or other association with the
Company and its Affiliates.



<PAGE>


15.      NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

         Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the
Plan to the shareholders of the Company shall be construed as creating any
limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements
as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of stock
options and restricted stock other than under the Plan, and such arrangements
may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

16.      TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

         The original Plan was amended and restated in its entirety, as of
November 18, 1998. The Plan has been amended and restated in its entirety as of
March 28, 2000, as set forth herein.

         The Board may at any time terminate the Plan or make such modifications
of the Plan as it shall deem advisable. No termination or amendment of the Plan
may, without the consent of any recipient of an Award granted hereunder,
adversely affect the rights of such recipient under such Award.

         The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted,
prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of
the recipient of such Award without his or her consent.

17.      NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

         Any notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any
party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument
delivered in person or duly sent by first class registered, certified or
overnight mail, postage prepaid, or telecopied with a confirmation copy by
regular, certified or overnight mail, addressed or telecopied, as the case may
be, (i) if to the recipient of an Award, at his or her residence address last
filed with the Company and (ii) if to the Company, at 5 Carlisle Road, Westford,
Massachusetts 01886 Attention: President, Telecopier: (978) 392-9118, or to such
other address or telecopier number, as the case may be, as the addressee may
have designated by notice to the addressor. All such notices, requests, demands
and other communications shall be deemed to have been received: (i) in the case
of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery; (ii) in the case of mailing,
when received by the addressee; and (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission,
when confirmed by facsimile machine report.

18.      GOVERNING LAW

         The Plan and all Award Agreements and actions taken thereunder shall be
governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of
Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

19.      DEFINITIONS

         As used in this Plan the following terms shall have the respective
meanings set out below, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

         19.1. ACCELERATE, ACCELERATED, and ACCELERATION, when used with respect
to an Option, means that as of the relevant time of reference such Option will
become exercisable with 



<PAGE>


respect to some or all of the shares of Stock for which it was not then
otherwise exercisable by its terms and, when used with respect to Restricted
Stock, means that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise applicable to such Stock
shall expire with respect to some or all of the shares of Restricted Stock.

         19.2. ACQUISITION means a merger or consolidation of the Company with
and into another person or the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets to one or more persons (other than any
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) in a single transaction or series of
related transactions, unless securities possessing more than 50% of the total
combined voting power of the survivor's or acquiror's outstanding securities, or
the securities of any parent thereof, are held by a person or persons who held
the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.

         19.3. ACT means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         19.4. AFFILIATE means a parent or subsidiary corporation of the
Company, as defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

         19.5. AWARD means the grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Restricted
Stock, Stock Grants or Options.

         19.6. AWARD AGREEMENT means an agreement between the Company and the
recipient of an Award, setting forth the terms and conditions of an Option or of
a grant or sale of Restricted Stock.

         19.7. BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP means beneficial ownership determined
pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act.

         19.8.  BOARD means the Company's Board of Directors.

         19.9. CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time, or any statute successor thereto, and any regulations issued from
time to time thereunder.

         19.10. COMMITTEE means a committee appointed by the Board, responsible
for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 4 of the Plan. For
any period during which no such committee is in existence all authority and
responsibility assigned the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at
all, by the Board.

         19.11. COMPANY means Sonus Networks, Inc., a corporation organized
under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         19.12. EXCHANGE ACT means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended and in effect from time to time.

         19.13. FAIR MARKET VALUE means the value of a share of Common Stock as
of the relevant time of reference, as determined as follows. If the Common Stock
is then publicly traded, Fair Market Value will be (i) the last sale price of a
share of Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the
Common Stock is traded, if the Common Stock is then traded on a national
securities exchange; or (ii) the last sale price of the 



<PAGE>


Common Stock reported in the NASDAQ National Market System, if the Common Stock
is not then traded on a national securities exchange; or (iii) the average of
the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock quoted by an established
quotation service for over-the-counter securities, if the Common Stock is not
then traded on a national securities exchange or reported in the NASDAQ National
Market System. If the Common Stock is not then publicly traded, Fair Market
Value will be the fair value of a share of the Common Stock as determined by the
Board or the Committee, taking into consideration such factors as it deems
appropriate, which may include recent sale and offer prices of Common Stock in
arms'-length private transactions.

         19.14. GRANT DATE means the date as of which an Option is granted, as
determined under Section 6.

         19.15. IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER means (i) an individual's parents,
siblings, spouse, children, stepchildren, grandchildren, cousins, or the spouse
of any such person; (ii) any trust established for the benefit of the individual
and/or a person described in (i) above; or (iii) any limited liability company
or limited partnership, the members or limited partners of which are the
individual and/or a person described in (i) above.

         19.16. INCENTIVE OPTION means an Option which by its terms is to be
treated as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code.

         19.17. NONSTATUTORY OPTION means any Option that is not an Incentive
Option.

         19.18. OPTION means an option to purchase shares of Stock granted under
the Plan.

         19.19. OPTION PRICE means the price to be paid by an Optionee for a
share of Stock upon exercise of an Option.

         19.20. OPTIONEE means a person eligible to receive an Option, as
provided in Section 6, to whom an Option shall have been granted under the Plan.

         19.21. PARTICIPANT means any holder of an outstanding Award under the
Plan.

         19.22. PLAN means this 1997 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company, as
amended from time to time.

         19.23. RESTRICTED  STOCK means an Award  pursuant to Section 7 below of
shares of Stock subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.

         19.24. RESTRICTION PERIOD means the period established by the Committee
and set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Award Agreement during which
the Risk of Forfeiture applicable to shares of Restricted Stock remains in
effect.

         19.25. RISK OF FORFEITURE means a limitation on the right of the
Participant to retain an Award of Restricted Stock, including a right for the
Company to reacquire the Shares at less than their then Fair Market Value,
arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events or
conditions.



<PAGE>


         19.26. STOCK means Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the
Company.

         19.27. STOCK  GRANT means an Award  pursuant to  Section 8 below of
shares of Stock not subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.

         19.28. TEN PERCENT OWNER means a person who owns, or is deemed within
the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code to own, stock possessing more than
10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company
(or any Affiliate). Whether a person is a Ten Percent Owner shall be determined
with respect to each Option based on the facts existing immediately prior to the
Grant Date of such Option.

                         *           *           *

The following does not form part of this Plan but is included solely for
informational purposes:

                     Date of Board Approval:         November 18, 1997

               Date of Shareholder Approval:         November 18, 1997

               Date of First Amendment and
                                Restatement:         November 18, 1998

              Date of Second Amendment and
                                Restatement:         March 28, 2000




<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 10.3


                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                        2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN





<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                      <C>
1.       PURPOSE                                                   1

2.       DEFINITIONS                                               1

3.       ELIGIBILITY                                               3

4.       OFFERING PERIODS AND PURCHASE PERIODS                     3

5.       PARTICIPATION                                             4

6.       METHOD OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS                        4

7.       GRANT OF OPTION                                           5

8.       EXERCISE OF OPTION                                        5

9.       DELIVERY                                                  6

10.      VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT           6

11.      AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL                                      6

12.      INTEREST                                                  7

13.      STOCK                                                     7

14.      ADMINISTRATION                                            8

15.      DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY                                8

16.      TRANSFERABILITY                                           8



<PAGE>


17.      USE OF FUNDS                                              8

18.      REPORTS                                                   9

19.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION; 
         CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS                                    9

20.      AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION                                 10

21.      NOTICES                                                  11

22.      CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES                       11

23.      TERM OF PLAN; EFFECTIVE DATE                             11
</TABLE>




                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                        2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

         The following  constitute the provisions of the 2000 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Sonus Networks, Inc.

1.       PURPOSE

         The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its
Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the
Company. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an
"Employee Stock Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of
the Plan shall, accordingly, be construed
 so as to extend and limit
participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section of
the Code.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         2.1. BOARD means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         2.2. CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         2.3. COMMON STOCK means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per
share, of the Company.



<PAGE>


         2.4. COMPANY means Sonus Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         2.5. COMPENSATION means all regular straight time compensation
including commissions but shall not include payments for overtime, shift
premium, incentive compensation, incentive payments, bonuses and other irregular
or infrequent compensation or benefits.

         2.6. CONTINUOUS STATUS AS AN EMPLOYEE means the absence of any
interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as an
Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) sick leave; (ii)
military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator,
provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless
reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or
statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from
time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company
or between the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries.

         2.7. CONTRIBUTIONS means all amounts credited to the account of a
participant pursuant to the Plan.

         2.8. CORPORATE TRANSACTION means a merger or consolidation of the
Company with and into another person or the sale, transfer, or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to one or more persons
(other than any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) in a single transaction
or series of related transactions, unless securities possessing more than 50% of
the total combined voting power of the survivor's or acquiror's outstanding
securities, or the securities of any parent thereof, are held by a person or
persons who held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such
transaction.

         2.9. DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARIES means the Subsidiaries which have been
designated by the Board from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to
participate in the Plan.

         2.10. EMPLOYEE means any person, including an Officer, who is
customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five
(5) months in a calendar year by the Company or one of its Designated
Subsidiaries.

         2.11. EXCHANGE ACT means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         2.12. OFFERING DATE means the first business day of each Offering
Period of the Plan.

         2.13. OFFERING PERIOD means a period of  twenty-four (24) months
commencing on February 1 and August 1 of each year, except for the first
Offering Period as set forth in Section 4.1.

         2.14. OFFICER means a person who is an officer of the Company within
the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.



                                       1

<PAGE>


         2.15. PLAN means this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

         2.16. PURCHASE DATE means the last day of each Purchase Period of the
Plan.

         2.17. PURCHASE PERIOD means a period of six (6) months within an
Offering Period, except for the Purchase Periods in the first Offering Period as
set forth in Section 4.2.

         2.18. PURCHASE PRICE means with respect to a Purchase Period an amount
equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 7.2 below) of a
Share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is
lower; provided, however, that in the event (i) of any increase in the number of
Shares available for issuance under the Plan as a result of a
stockholder-approved amendment to the Plan, and (ii) all or a portion of such
additional Shares are to be issued with respect to one or more Offering Periods
that are underway at the time of such increase ("Additional Shares"), and (iii)
the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on the date of such increase
(the "Approval Date Fair Market Value") is higher than the Fair Market Value on
the Offering Date for any such Offering Period, then in such instance the
Purchase Price with respect to Additional Shares shall be 85% of the Approval
Date Fair Market Value or the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock on
the Purchase Date, whichever is lower.

         2.19. SHARE means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance
with Section 19 of the Plan.

         2.20. SUBSIDIARY means a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which not
less than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary,
whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired
by the Company or a Subsidiary.

3.       ELIGIBILITY

         3.1. Any person who is an Employee as of the Offering Date of a given
Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in such Offering Period under
the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.1 and the limitations imposed
by Section 423(b) of the Code; provided however that eligible Employees may not
participate in more than one Offering Period at a time.

         3.2. Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no
Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if, immediately after the
grant, such Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to
such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of
the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five
percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes
of stock of the 



<PAGE>


Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) if such option would permit
his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans
(described in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries to
accrue at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) of the
Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 7.2 below) of such stock (determined at
the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is
outstanding at any time.

4.       OFFERING PERIODS AND PURCHASE PERIODS

         4.1. OFFERING PERIODS. The Plan shall be generally implemented by a
series of Offering Periods of twenty-four (24) months' duration, with new
Offering Periods (other than the first Offering Period) commencing on or about
February 1 and August 1 of each year (or at such other time or times as may be
determined by the Board of Directors). The first Offering Period shall commence
on the beginning of the effective date of the Registration Statement on Form S-1
for the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock (the "IPO Date")
and continue until July 31, 2002. The Plan shall continue until terminated in
accordance with Section 20 hereof. The Board of Directors of the Company shall
have the power to change the duration and/or the frequency of Offering Periods
with respect to future offerings without stockholder approval if such change is
announced to Employees at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled beginning
of the first Offering Period to be affected.

         4.2. PURCHASE PERIODS. Each Offering Period shall generally consist of
four (4) consecutive purchase periods of six (6) months' duration. The last day
of each Purchase Period shall be the "Purchase Date" for such Purchase Period. A
Purchase Period commencing on February 1 shall end on the next July 31. A
Purchase Period commencing on August 1 shall end on the next January 31. The
first Purchase Period of the first Offering Period shall commence on the IPO
Date and shall end on January 31, 2001 with subsequent Purchase Periods ending
on July 31, 2001, January 31, 2002 and July 31, 2002. The Board of Directors of
the Company shall have the power to change the duration and/or frequency of
Purchase Periods with respect to future purchases without stockholder approval
if such change is announced to Employees at least five (5) days prior to the
scheduled beginning of the first Purchase Period to be affected.

5.       PARTICIPATION

         5.1. An eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by
completing a subscription agreement on the form provided by the Company and
filing it with the Company's payroll office prior to the applicable Offering
Date, unless a later time for filing the subscription agreement is set by the
Board for all eligible Employees with respect to a given Offering Period. The
subscription agreement shall set forth the percentage of the participant's
Compensation (subject to Section 6.1 below) to be paid as Contributions pursuant
to the Plan.



<PAGE>


         5.2. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payroll following
the Offering Date and shall end on the last payroll paid on or prior to the last
Purchase Period of the Offering Period to which the subscription agreement is
applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section
10.

6.       METHOD OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

         6.1. A participant shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each
payday during the Offering Period in an amount not less than one percent (1%)
and not more than twenty percent (20%) (or such other percentage as the Board
may establish from time to time before an Offering Date) of such participant's
Compensation on each payday during the Offering Period. All payroll deductions
made by a participant shall be credited to his or her account under the Plan. A
participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

         6.2. A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan
as provided in Section 10. In addition, if Board of Directors of the Company has
so announced to Employees at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled
beginning of the next Offering Period to be affected, a participant may, on one
occasion only during each Purchase Period, change the rate of his or her
Contributions with respect to the Purchase Period by completing and filing with
the Company a new subscription agreement authorizing a change in the payroll
deduction rate. Any such change in rate shall be effective as of the beginning
of the next calendar month following the date of filing of the new subscription
agreement, if the agreement is filed at least ten (10) business days prior to
such date and, if not, as of the beginning of the next succeeding calendar
month.

         6.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply
with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3.2 herein, a participant's
payroll deductions may be decreased during any Purchase Period scheduled to end
during the current calendar year to 0%. Payroll deductions shall re-commence
automatically at the rate provided in such participant's subscription agreement
at the beginning of the first Purchase Period which is scheduled to end in the
following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in
Section 10.

7.       GRANT OF OPTION

         7.1. On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each eligible
Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an option to
purchase on each Purchase Date a number of Shares of the Company's Common Stock
determined by dividing such Employee's Contributions accumulated prior to such
Purchase Date and retained in the participant's account as of the Purchase Date
by the applicable Purchase Price; provided however that the maximum number of
Shares an Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period shall be 2,500
Shares (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19 below), and provided
further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set forth in
Sections 3.2 and 13.

         7.2. The fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on a given
date (the "Fair Market Value") shall be determined by the Board in its
discretion 



<PAGE>


based on the closing sales price of the Common Stock for such date (or, in the
event that the Common Stock is not traded on such date, on the immediately
preceding trading date), as reported by the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation ("Nasdaq") National Market or, if such price is not
reported, the mean of the bid and asked prices per share of the Common Stock as
reported by Nasdaq or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a stock
exchange, the Fair Market value per share shall be the closing sales price on
such exchange on such date (or, in the event that the Common Stock is not traded
on such date, on the immediately preceding trading date), as reported in The
Wall Street Journal. For purposes of the Offering Date under the first Offering
Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock of
the Company shall be the Price to Public as set forth in the final prospectus
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

8.       EXERCISE OF OPTION

         Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10,
his or her option for the purchase of Shares will be exercised automatically on
each Purchase Date of an Offering Period, and the maximum number of full Shares
subject to the option will be purchased at the applicable Purchase Price with
the accumulated Contributions in his or her account. No fractional Shares shall
be issued. The Shares purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be
deemed to be transferred to the participant on the Purchase Date. During his or
her lifetime, a participant's option to purchase Shares hereunder is exercisable
only by him or her.

9.       DELIVERY

         As promptly as practicable after each Purchase Date of each Offering
Period, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant, as
appropriate, of a certificate representing the Shares purchased upon exercise of
his or her option. Any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant's account
which are not sufficient to purchase a full Share shall be retained in the
participant's account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period,
subject to earlier withdrawal by the participant as provided in Section 10
below. Any other amounts left over in a participant's account after a Purchase
Date shall be returned to the participant.

10.      VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

         10.1. A participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the
Contributions credited to his or her account under the Plan at any time prior to
each Purchase Date by giving written notice to the Company. All of the
participant's Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to him
or her promptly after receipt of his or her notice of withdrawal and his or her
option for the current period will be automatically terminated, and no further
Contributions for the purchase of Shares will be made during the Offering
Period.



<PAGE>


         10.2. Upon termination of the participant's Continuous Status as an
Employee prior to the Purchase Date of an Offering Period for any reason,
including retirement or death, the Contributions credited to his or her account
will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to the
person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and his or her option will
be automatically terminated.

         10.3. In the event an Employee fails to remain in Continuous Status as
an Employee of the Company for at least twenty (20) hours per week during the
Offering Period in which the employee is a participant, he or she will be deemed
to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to his
or her account will be returned to him or her and his or her option terminated.

         10.4. A participant's withdrawal from an offering will not have any
effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in a succeeding offering or in
any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company.

11.      AUTOMATIC WITHDRAWAL

         If the Fair Market Value of the Shares on any Purchase Date of an
Offering Period is less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Offering
Date for such Offering Period, then every participant shall automatically (i) be
withdrawn from such Offering Period at the close of such Purchase Date and after
the acquisition of Shares for such Purchase Period, and (ii) be enrolled in the
Offering Period commencing on the first business day subsequent to such Purchase
Period. Accordingly, participants shall automatically be withdrawn as of January
31, 2001 from the Offering Period beginning on the IPO Date and re-enrolled in
the Offering Period beginning on February 1, 2001 if the Fair Market Value of
the Shares on the IPO Date is greater than the Fair Market Value of the Shares
on January 31, 2001, unless a participant notifies the Administrator prior to
January 31, 2001 that he or she does not wish to be withdrawn and re-enrolled.

12.      INTEREST

         No interest shall accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the
Plan.

13.      STOCK

         13.1. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19, the maximum
number of Shares which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be
1,200,000 Shares plus an automatic annual increase on January 1, 2001 and each
January 1 thereafter equal to the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) of the Shares
outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (ii)
such number as the Board may determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and
subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 19 no more than an aggregate of
25,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to this Plan. If the Board determines
that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of shares with respect to which
options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock
that were available 



<PAGE>


for sale under the Plan on the Offering Date of the applicable Offering Period,
or (ii) the number of shares available for sale under the Plan on such Purchase
Date, the Board may in its sole discretion provide (x) that the Company shall
make a pro rata allocation of the Shares of Common Stock available for purchase
on such Offering Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as
shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be
equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on
such Purchase Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (y)
that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for
purchase on such Offering Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a
manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion
to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common
Stock on such Purchase Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in
effect pursuant to Section 20 below. The Company may make pro rata allocation of
the Shares available on the Offering Date of any applicable Offering Period
pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of
additional Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company's stockholders
subsequent to such Offering Date.

         13.2. The participant shall have no interest or voting right in Shares
covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.

         13.3. Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be
registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and
his or her spouse, as directed by the participant.

14.      ADMINISTRATION

         The Board, or a committee named by the Board, shall supervise and
administer the Plan and shall have full power to adopt, amend and rescind any
rules deemed desirable and appropriate for the administration of the Plan and
not inconsistent with the Plan, to construe and interpret the Plan, and to make
all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the
Plan. The Board's determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in
this Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or
claiming any interest under this Plan or an Award made pursuant hereto.

15.      DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

         15.1. A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who
is to receive any Shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account under
the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to the end of a
Purchase Period but prior to delivery to him or her of such Shares and cash. In
addition, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is
to receive any cash from the participant's account under the Plan in the event
of such participant's death prior to the Purchase Date of an Offering Period.

         15.2. Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant
at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a participant and in
the 



<PAGE>


absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the
time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver such Shares and/or
cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no
such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the
Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such Shares and/or cash to
the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or
if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other
person as the Company may designate.

16.      TRANSFERABILITY

         Neither Contributions credited to a participant's account nor any
rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive Shares under the
Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way
(other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as provided in
Section 15) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge
or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat
such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with Section 10.

17.      USE OF FUNDS

         All Contributions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be
used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be
obligated to segregate such Contributions.

18.      REPORTS

         Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in the
Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Employees at least
annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the per
Share Purchase Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash
balance, if any.

19.      ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS

         19.1. ADJUSTMENT. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of
the Company, the number of shares covered by each option under the Plan which
has not yet been exercised and the number of Shares which have been authorized
for issuance under the Plan but have not yet been placed under option
(collectively, the "Reserves"), as well as the maximum number of shares of
Common Stock which may be purchased by a participant in a Purchase Period, the
number of shares of Common Stock set forth in Section 13.1 above, and the price
per Share of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not
yet been exercised, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or
decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse
stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock
(including any such change in the number of Shares of Common Stock effected in
connection with a change in domicile of the 



<PAGE>


Company), or any other increase or decrease in the number of Shares effected
without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided however that
conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to
have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be
made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding
and conclusive.

         19.2. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. In the event of a dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, any Purchase Period and Offering Period then in
progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action,
unless otherwise provided by the Board. In the event of a Corporate Transaction,
each option outstanding under the Plan shall be assumed or an equivalent option
shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or Subsidiary of
such successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses
to assume or substitute for outstanding options, each Purchase Period and
Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened and a new Purchase Date
shall be set (the "New Purchase Date"), as of which date any Purchase Period and
Offering Period then in progress will terminate. The New Purchase Date shall be
on or before the date of consummation of the transaction and the Board shall
notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) days prior to the New
Purchase Date, that the Purchase Date for his or her option has been changed to
the New Purchase Date and that his or her option will be exercised automatically
on the New Purchase Date, unless prior to such date he or she has withdrawn from
the Offering Period as provided in Section 10. For purposes of this Section 19,
an option granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be assumed, without
limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon
a Corporate Transaction, each holder of an option under the Plan would be
entitled to receive upon exercise of the option the same number and kind of
shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such
holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the
transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to the transaction, the
holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the option at such
time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by
the option as provided for in this Section 19); provided however that if the
consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the
successor corporation or its parent (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code),
the Board may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the
consideration to be received upon exercise of the option to be solely common
stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in Fair Market Value to
the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the
transaction.

         The Board may, if it so determines in the exercise of its sole
discretion, also make provision for adjusting the Reserves, as well as the price
per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding option, in the event that
the Company effects one or more reorganizations, recapitalizations, rights
offerings or other increases or reductions of Shares of its outstanding Common
Stock, and in the event of the Company's being consolidated with or merged into
any other corporation.



<PAGE>


20.      AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

         (a) The Board may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the
Plan. Except as provided in Section 19, no such termination of the Plan may
affect options previously granted, provided that the Plan or an Offering Period
may be terminated by the Board on a Purchase Date or by the Board's setting a
new Purchase Date with respect to an Offering Period and Purchase Period then in
progress if the Board determines that termination of the Plan and/or the
Offering Period is in the best interests of the Company and the stockholders or
if continuation of the Plan and/or the Offering Period would cause the Company
to incur adverse accounting charges as a result of the Plan. Except as provided
in Section 19 and in this Section 20, no amendment to the Plan shall make any
change in any option previously granted which adversely affects the rights of
any participant.

         (b) Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any
participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, the Board
(or its committee) shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods and Purchase
Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld
during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts
withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in
excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays
or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly completed withholding
elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting
and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of
Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from
the participant's Compensation, and establish such other limitations or
procedures as the Board (or its committee) determines in its sole discretion
advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

21.      NOTICES

         All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company
under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given
when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the
person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22.      CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

         Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the
exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant
thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign,
including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, applicable state
securities laws and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares
may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for
the Company with respect to such compliance.

         As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require
the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any
such 



<PAGE>


exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the
aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23.      TERM OF PLAN; EFFECTIVE DATE

         The Plan shall become effective upon the IPO Date. It shall continue in
effect for a term of twenty (20) years unless sooner terminated under Section
20.




<PAGE>


                                                                          SAMPLE

                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                        2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                             SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

                                                              New Election ___

                                                        Change of Election ___

          1. I, __________________, hereby elect to participate in the Sonus
Networks, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") for the Offering
Period __________, _____ to ______________, _____, and subscribe to purchase
shares of the Company's Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription
Agreement and the Plan.

         2. I elect to have Contributions in the amount of _____% of my
Compensation, as those terms are defined in the Plan, applied to this purchase.
I understand that this amount must not be less than 1% and not more than 20% of
my Compensation during the Offering Period. (Please note that no fractional
percentages are permitted).

         3. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck during the
Offering Period at the rate stated in Item 2 of this Subscription Agreement. I
understand that all payroll deductions made by me shall be credited to my
account under the Plan and that I may not make any additional payments into such
account. I understand that all payments made by me shall be accumulated, without
interest or earnings, for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the
applicable purchase price determined in accordance with the Plan. I further
understand that, except as otherwise set forth in the Plan, shares will be
purchased for me automatically on the Purchase Date of each Offering Period
unless I otherwise withdraw from the Plan by giving written notice to the
Company for such purpose.

         4. I understand that I may discontinue at any time prior to the
Purchase Date my participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10 of the
Plan. I acknowledge that, unless I discontinue my participation in the Plan as
provided in Section 10 of the Plan, my election will continue to be effective
for each successive Purchase Period.

         5. I have received a copy of the complete Sonus Networks, Inc. 2000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. I understand that my participation in the Plan is
in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

         6. Shares purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the
name(s) of (name of employee or employee and spouse only):



<PAGE>


         7. In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following as my
beneficiary(ies) to receive all payments and shares due to me under the Plan:

NAME: (Please print)
                                     (First)           (Middle)         (Last)


(Relationship)                                                (Address)



         8. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant
to the Plan within 2 years after the Offering Date (the first day of the
Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or within 1 year after the
Purchase Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having
received ordinary compensation income at the time of such disposition in an
amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the
Purchase Date over the price which I paid for the shares, regardless of whether
I disposed of the shares at a price less than their fair market value at the
Purchase Date. The remainder of the gain or loss, if any, recognized on such
disposition will be treated as capital gain or loss.

         I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within 30 days after
the date of any such disposition, and I will make adequate provision for
federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon
the disposition of the Common Stock. The Company may, but will not be obligated
to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable
withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to
the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early
disposition of Common Stock by me.

         9. If I dispose of such shares at any time after expiration of the
2-year and 1-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for
federal income tax purposes as having received compensation income only to the
extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market
value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price
which I paid for the shares under the option, or (2) 15% of the fair market
value of the shares on the Offering Date. The remainder of the gain or loss, if
any, recognized on such disposition will be treated as capital gain or loss.

         I understand that this tax summary is only a summary and is subject to
change. I further understand that I should consult a tax advisor concerning
certain tax implications of the purchase and sale of stock under the Plan.

         10. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The
effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to
participate in the Plan.


SIGNATURE:                                           

SOCIAL SECURITY #:                                   

DATE:                                                



<PAGE>


                                                                         SAMPLE

                              SONUS NETWORKS, INC.

                        2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

                              NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

         I, _____________, hereby elect to withdraw my participation in the
Sonus Networks, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") for the
Offering Period that began on _________________, ________. This withdrawal
covers all Contributions credited to my account and is effective on the date
designated below.

         I understand that all Contributions credited to my account will be paid
to me within ten (10) business days of receipt by the Company of this Notice of
Withdrawal and that my option for the current period will automatically
terminate, and that no further Contributions for the purchase of shares can be
made by me during the Offering Period.

         The undersigned further understands and agrees that he or she shall be
eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the
Company a new Subscription Agreement.

Dated:
                                                     Signature of Employee


                                                     Social Security Number





<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
report dated March 10, 2000 (and to all references to our Firm) included in or
made a part of this Registration Statement.
 
                                          /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
May 19, 2000